WO2020143632A1 - Sidelink power control method and terminal - Google Patents

Sidelink power control method and terminal Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020143632A1
WO2020143632A1 PCT/CN2020/070720 CN2020070720W WO2020143632A1 WO 2020143632 A1 WO2020143632 A1 WO 2020143632A1 CN 2020070720 W CN2020070720 W CN 2020070720W WO 2020143632 A1 WO2020143632 A1 WO 2020143632A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
power
terminal
priority level
information
transmission
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/070720
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘哲
黎超
张莉莉
张兴炜
王君
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020143632A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020143632A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/30TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/36TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
    • H04W52/367Power values between minimum and maximum limits, e.g. dynamic range
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/18TPC being performed according to specific parameters
    • H04W52/28TPC being performed according to specific parameters using user profile, e.g. mobile speed, priority or network state, e.g. standby, idle or non transmission
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/30TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/36TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a side link power control method and terminal.
  • the Third Generation Partnership Project will introduce the fifth generation mobile communication (5G) technology, which has greater data capacity and more New data interface (NR) network with fast data processing speed.
  • 5G fifth generation mobile communication
  • NR New data interface
  • the LTE network has excellent performance and has been widely deployed by operators. Therefore, in the early stage of the development of 5G technology, the NR network cannot be deployed independently, and it needs to work closely with the LTE network.
  • the terminals in the side link communicate using Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD).
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • the sum of the transmission power of the LTE network of the terminal and the transmission power of the NR network may be greater than the terminal
  • the maximum transmit power there is currently no method for power control of the LTE network and NR network of the terminal in the side link.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a side link power control method and a terminal, and provides a power sharing method for a terminal to send information through a first transmission link and a second transmission link, which can implement control of the first transmission link in the side link The sum of the transmission power with the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a side link power control method.
  • the method includes: acquiring a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power, where the first maximum transmission power is transmitted by a terminal through a first transmission link
  • the maximum transmit power of the first information, the second maximum transmit power is the maximum transmit power of the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link; if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send through the first transmission link
  • the first information, the second information is sent through the second transmission link, the first actual power and the second actual power are calculated according to the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power, the first actual power is the frequency of use of the terminal
  • the actual power for sending the first information through the first transmission link in the multiplexing mode, the second actual power is the actual power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link using the frequency division multiplexing method;
  • the sum of an actual power and a second actual power is greater than a first power threshold, and a first final power and a second final power are determined according
  • determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes: reducing the second actual power so that the first actual power The sum of the power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; determining that the first actual power is the first final power; and determining that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
  • the terminal can reduce the second actual power to achieve that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: acquiring a first parameter, the first parameter is a parameter determined according to quality of service QoS; acquiring the first parameter corresponds to The first priority level; obtain the first difference, the first difference is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power; if the first difference is greater than or equal to the first priority level corresponding to the first A parameter threshold, the terminal stops sending the second information. Based on this solution, the terminal can control that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal by not sending the second information.
  • determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes: if the terminal passes The second information sent by the second transmission link is prior to the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link in the time domain, reducing the first actual power, so that the reduced first actual power and the second The sum of the actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; it is determined that the reduced first actual power is the first final power; the second actual power is determined to be the second final power; or, if the terminal transmits via the first transmission link The first information is prior to the second information sent by the terminal through the second transmission link in the time domain, and the second actual power is reduced, so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first Power threshold; determine the first actual power as the first final power; determine the reduced second actual power as the second final power.
  • the terminal may sequentially determine to reduce the first actual power or the second actual power according to the time sequence of the first information and the second information in the time domain, thereby implementing control of the first transmission link and the second The sum of the transmission power of the two transmission links does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • the method further includes: acquiring a second priority level of the terminal, where the second priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS ; Obtain a second difference, the second difference is the difference between the first actual power and the first final power; if the second difference is greater than or equal to the second parameter threshold corresponding to the second priority level, the terminal Stop sending the first message; or, obtain the third parameter, which is a parameter determined according to QoS; obtain the third priority level corresponding to the third parameter; obtain the third difference, which is the third difference The difference between the second actual power and the second final power; if the third difference is greater than or equal to the third parameter threshold corresponding to the third priority level, the terminal stops sending the second information. Based on this solution, the terminal can stop sending the first information or the second information to control the total transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link to not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • the first parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by higher layer signaling
  • the higher layer signaling is System information block SIB signaling, master information block MIB signaling or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power are determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power.
  • An initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link
  • the second initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal may determine the first maximum power and the second maximum power according to the first initial power and the second initial power, and determine the first actual power and the second actual power according to the first maximum power and the second maximum power, and further The first final power and the second final power are determined according to the first actual power and the second actual power, so that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link is controlled not to exceed the maximum value of the terminal Transmit power.
  • the first initial power is configured by the first base station, the first base station is the base station of the first transmission link; the second The initial power is configured by the second base station, and the second base station is the base station of the second transmission link.
  • the terminal may receive the first initial power sent by the first base station, receive the second initial power sent by the second base station, and determine the first maximum power and the second maximum power according to the first initial power and the second initial power, The first actual power and the second actual power are determined according to the first maximum power and the second maximum power, and then the first final power and the second final power are determined according to the first actual power and the second actual power, so as to realize the side link Control the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link not to exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • the method before acquiring the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power, the method further includes: acquiring the first initial power and the second initial Power, the first initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link; If the sum of the first initial power and the second initial power is greater than the second power threshold, the terminal determines to use time division multiplexing or code division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and through the second transmission chain Channel to send second information, the second power threshold is determined by P PowerClass and/or P EMAX , where P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used to indicate the RRC signal Let the configured maximum power allowed by the terminal.
  • the terminal can also determine to use time-division multiplexing or code-division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, thereby achieving control in the side link
  • the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate The maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate the power defined by the terminal when transmitting information using frequency division multiplexing. The maximum power of the terminal.
  • the terminal can determine the first power threshold by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , thereby determining whether the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, if the first actual The sum of the power and the second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold, the terminal may use the first actual power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and use the second actual power to send the second information through the second transmission link, If the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the terminal may determine the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power, thereby implementing control in the side link The sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • the first maximum transmission power is less than or equal to the first initial power
  • the second maximum transmission power is less than or equal to the second initial power
  • the first The initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link
  • the second initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal may define that the first maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the first initial power and the second maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the second initial power, thereby defining that the first actual power calculated according to the first maximum transmit power is less than the first An initial power, the second actual power calculated according to the second maximum transmit power is also less than the second initial power, and thereby the first final power determined according to the first actual power and the second final power determined according to the second actual power are realized And does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a side link power control method.
  • the method includes: if a terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send first information through a first transmission link and send through a second transmission link
  • the second information is to obtain the first priority level of the terminal, the first priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS; to obtain the first parameter, the first parameter is a parameter determined according to QoS; to obtain the first parameter Corresponding second priority level; determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level, the first reserved power is the terminal through the first transmission chain
  • the minimum transmission power for the first information sent by the channel, and the second reserved power is the minimum transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal may use the first reserved power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and/or use the second reserved power to send the second information through the second transmission link, thereby realizing the side chain
  • the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the channel is controlled not to exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level includes: according to the first priority level And the second priority level determines the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, where m+n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1 , 0 ⁇ n ⁇ 1; determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first power threshold, m and n.
  • the terminal may determine the first reserved power and the second reservation by determining the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold Power, so that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link is controlled not to exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold is determined according to the first priority level and the second priority level.
  • the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold includes: determining the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the second according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level The ratio n of reserved power to the first power threshold.
  • the terminal may determine the ratio of the first reserved power to the first power threshold m and the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level Ratio n, so as to determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power, so as to control the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link to not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level further including : Determine the first reservation according to the first priority level, the second priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level threshold corresponding to the second priority level The ratio m of power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, where m+n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ n ⁇ 1; according to the first power threshold , M and n determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power.
  • the terminal may use the first priority level, the second priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level corresponding to the second priority level
  • the threshold determines the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, thereby achieving control of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link
  • the sum of the transmit powers does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the terminal.
  • the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate The maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate the power defined by the terminal when transmitting information using frequency division multiplexing. The maximum power of the terminal.
  • the terminal may determine the first power threshold by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , thereby determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first power threshold, m, and n In order to realize that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal having the method and function described in the first aspect or the method and function described in the second aspect.
  • This function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including: at least one processor, at least one memory, and a communication interface, the communication interface, the at least one memory, and the at least one processor are coupled; the terminal communicates with other devices through the communication interface ,
  • the at least one memory is used to store a computer program, so that when the computer program is executed by the at least one processor, the side link power control method described in the first aspect and various possible implementation manners thereof, or the second aspect is implemented And the side link power control method described in various possible implementation manners.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a system chip, which can be applied to a terminal.
  • the system chip includes: at least one processor, and related program instructions are executed in the at least one processor to implement the first aspect. And the side link power control method described in various possible implementations thereof, or the side link power control method described in the second aspect and various possible implementations thereof.
  • the system chip may further include at least one memory, and the memory stores related program instructions.
  • Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, such as a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium.
  • a computer program is stored thereon, and when the computer program is run on the computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of the possible methods of the first aspect or any possible method of the second aspect.
  • the computer may be at least one storage node.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which when executed on a computer, causes any method provided in the first aspect or any method provided in the second aspect to be executed.
  • the computer may be at least one storage node.
  • any of the terminals, system chips, computer-readable storage media, or computer program products provided above are used to perform the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, for the beneficial effects that can be achieved, refer to the corresponding The beneficial effects of the method will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of symbol lengths corresponding to different subcarrier intervals provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an FDD frame structure of an NR network provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a TDD frame structure of an NR network provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of V2X communication provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a second schematic flowchart of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 9A is a third schematic flowchart of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 9B is a fourth schematic flowchart of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a time-domain schematic diagram of information sent by a first transmission link and a second transmission link provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart 5 of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a second schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a third structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the subcarrier interval can be 15kHz*2 ⁇ n , where the value of n can be -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 , 3, 4, and 5, therefore, depending on the value of n, the subcarrier spacing can take values from 3.75kHz to 480kHz.
  • Different subcarrier intervals can correspond to different symbol lengths, subframe lengths, and time slot lengths. As shown in FIG. 1, it is a schematic diagram of the corresponding symbol lengths when the subcarrier intervals are 15 kHz, 30 kHz, and 60 kHz, respectively.
  • one time slot may include at least one of downlink transmission, guard interval GP, and uplink transmission. Therefore, a time slot can be divided into a time slot containing only downlink signals DL only slot, a time slot mainly containing downlink signals DL central slot, a time slot mainly containing uplink signals UL central slot and a time slot containing only uplink signals UL only slot.
  • the base station and the terminal can use Time Division Duplexing (TDD) or FDD to communicate. If the base station and the terminal communicate using FDD, the downlink (Downlink, DL) and uplink (Uplink, UL) can work on different carriers at the same time, as shown in FIG. 2.
  • TDD Time Division Duplexing
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplexing
  • DL and UL can work on the same carrier, as shown in Figure 3, where PUCCH is a physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel).
  • PUCCH Physical Uplink Control Channel
  • the terminal For LTE and NR dual connection, if the terminal is configured with a Master Cell Group (MCG) using LTE wireless access and a Secondary Cell Group (SCG) using NR wireless access, for MCG transmission, the terminal can pass the high-level The parameter p-MaxEUTRA configures the maximum power P LTE .
  • MCG Master Cell Group
  • SCG Secondary Cell Group
  • the terminal can configure the maximum power P NR through the high-level parameter p- NR .
  • the terminal can use P LTE as the MCG transmission power constraint.
  • the terminal can use P NR as the SCG transmission. Power constraints.
  • the maximum transmission power of the terminal through the LTE network should be less than or equal to P LTE
  • the maximum transmission power of the terminal through the NR network should be less than or equal to P NR .
  • the base station and the terminal can communicate in both TDD working mode and FDD working mode; if the terminal does not have the dynamic power sharing capability of the LTE network and NR network, the base station And the terminal can use TDD working mode to communicate.
  • the terminal uses the FDD working mode to send uplink signals
  • the information sent by the terminal through the MCG and the information sent by the terminal through the SCG overlap in the time domain, and the sum of the power of the terminal to send information through the MCG and the power of the terminal to send information through the SCG exceeds
  • the maximum power limit of the terminal can reduce the power of the terminal sending information through the SCG, so that the sum of the power of the terminal sending information through the MCG and the power of the terminal sending information through the SCG does not exceed the maximum power limit of the terminal.
  • V2X Vehicle-to-vehicle communication
  • V2P vehicle-to-person communication
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure communication
  • V2I also includes the communication between vehicles and base stations or networks (Vehicle to Network, V2N).
  • Infrastructure includes terminal-type infrastructure and base station-type infrastructure. Terminal-type infrastructure is deployed on the roadside and is in a non-mobile state. Mobility is not considered; base station infrastructure can provide timing synchronization, or resource scheduling, to the vehicles it communicates with.
  • the value of the "priority" field of the side link control information (Sidelink control information, SCI) that the terminal can transmit through the side link is compared with the threshold configured by the upper layer. Thereby, it is determined whether the information on the uplink or the side link is preferentially transmitted.
  • the terminal can indicate the level of the side link packet priority (ProSe Per-Packet Priority, PPPP) through SCI. If the level of PPPP is greater than the preset PPPP threshold value, the terminal may not transmit uplink information and preferentially transmit side link information; if the PPPP level is less than or equal to the preset PPPP threshold, the terminal may not transmit side link information and preferentially transmit uplink information.
  • PPPP ProSe Per-Packet Priority
  • the terminal may indicate the PPPP level through SCI. If the PPPP level is greater than the preset PPPP threshold, the terminal may not transmit uplink information or reduce the uplink transmit power , Prioritize the transmission of side link information; if the PPPP level is less than or equal to the preset PPPP threshold, the terminal may not transmit side link information or reduce the transmission power of the side link and preferentially transmit uplink information.
  • the above content mainly introduces the uplink power control method when the LTE network and the NR network are deployed at the same time, and the power control method when the terminal transmits information simultaneously on the uplink and the side link.
  • the present application provides a side link power control method and terminal, and provides a power sharing method for the terminal to send information through the first transmission link and the second transmission link, which can control the terminal through the first transmission link and The sum of the transmission power of the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
  • FIG. 5 it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 500 includes base stations 501 to 502 and terminals 503 to 505.
  • the base stations 501 to 502 are used to provide wireless access services for the terminals 503 to 505.
  • each base station corresponds to a service coverage area (also called a cell, as shown by the elliptical areas in FIG. 5), and terminal devices entering this area can communicate with the base station through wireless signals to accept the base station Provide wireless access services.
  • multiple base stations may use coordinated multipoint (CoMP) technology to provide services for terminal devices in the overlapping area.
  • CoMP coordinated multipoint
  • the service coverage areas of the base station 501 and the base station 502 overlap, and the terminal 503 is within the overlapped area. Therefore, the base station 501 and the base station 502 can simultaneously serve the terminal 503, and the terminal 503 can The network provided by the base station 501 communicates with the terminal 504, and the terminal 503 can also communicate with the terminal 505 through the network provided by the base station 502.
  • the base station may be an eNB in Long Term Evolution (LTE) or an eNodeB (evolutional NodeB).
  • the base station may also be a network device in a New Radio Interface (NR) or a network device in a future evolution network.
  • NR New Radio Interface
  • the terminal may be a portable computer (such as a mobile phone), a notebook computer, a personal computer (PC), a wearable electronic device (such as a smart watch), a tablet computer, augmented reality (augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, vehicles, car modules, car computers, car chips, car communication systems, wireless terminals in industrial control, etc.
  • a portable computer such as a mobile phone
  • a notebook computer such as a notebook computer
  • a wearable electronic device such as a smart watch
  • a tablet computer such as augmented reality (augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, vehicles, car modules, car computers, car chips, car communication systems, wireless terminals in industrial control, etc.
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • the communication system 500 shown in FIG. 5 is only used for examples, and is not intended to limit the technical solutions of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that in the specific implementation process, the communication system 500 also includes other devices, and at the same time, the number of base stations and terminal devices can also be configured according to specific needs.
  • each network element in FIG. 5 may be implemented by one device, or may be implemented by multiple devices together, or may be a functional module within a device.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this. It can be understood that the above function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
  • each network element in FIG. 5 may be implemented by the communication device in FIG. 6.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 600 includes a processor 601, a communication line 602, a memory 603, and at least one communication interface 604 (only an example in FIG. 6 is explained by including the communication interface 604).
  • the processor 601 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more used to control the execution of the program program of the present application integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 602 may include a path to transfer information between the above components.
  • Communication interface 604 using any device such as a transceiver, for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), wireless local area network (WLAN), etc. .
  • RAN wireless access network
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the memory 603 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM)
  • dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable-read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc-read-only memory (CD- ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store forms with instructions or data structures
  • the desired program code and any other media that can be accessed by the computer but not limited to this.
  • the memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the communication line 602. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 603 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 601 controls execution.
  • the processor 601 is used to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 603, so as to implement the side link power control method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the computer execution instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be called application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 601 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 6.
  • the communication device 600 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 601 and the processor 605 in FIG. 6. Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
  • a side link power control method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal.
  • the side link power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 701 Obtain a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power.
  • the first maximum transmission power is the maximum transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link
  • the second maximum transmission power is the maximum transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal may select the value of the first maximum transmission power within the range of the first maximum transmission power, and the terminal may select the value of the second maximum transmission power within the range of the second maximum transmission power. It should be noted that, if the first transmission link and the second transmission link are transmitted on the same subband, considering the interference factor, the first transmission link and the second transmission link also need to consider additional AMPR.
  • the side link power control method may further include: acquiring a first initial power and a second initial power, where the first initial power is the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link , The second initial power is the initial transmit power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the first transmission link may be a side link of LTE
  • the second transmission link may be a side link of NR
  • the first transmission link may be a side link of NR
  • the second transmission The link may be a side link of LTE.
  • the first transmission link and the second transmission link may also be other forms of links, and the specific forms of the first transmission link and the second transmission link are not limited in this application.
  • the first initial power may be configured by the first base station, the first base station is the base station of the first transmission link; the second initial power may be configured by the second base station, the second base station is the The base station of the second transmission link.
  • the first maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the first initial power
  • the second maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the second initial power
  • the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power may also be determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power.
  • P 1 may be configured by the base station of the LTE network and sent to the terminal
  • P 2 may be configured by the base station of the NR network and sent to the terminal.
  • the terminal may select the value of the first maximum transmission power within the range of the first maximum transmission power
  • the terminal may select the value of the second maximum transmission power within the range of the second maximum transmission power. It should be noted that, if the first transmission link and the second transmission link are transmitted on the same subband, considering the interference factor, the first transmission link and the second transmission link also need to consider additional AMPR.
  • Step 702 If the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, according to the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power Calculate the first actual power and the second actual power.
  • the first actual power is the actual power that the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link
  • the second actual power is the terminal that uses frequency division multiplexing through the second transmission link The actual power to send the second message.
  • the terminal may calculate the first intermediate power through parameters configured by the upper layer of the first transmission link, transmission bandwidth, path loss, and some power adjustment information, and compare the first intermediate power with the first maximum transmit power
  • the first actual power for example, the minimum value between the first intermediate power and the first maximum transmit power may be determined as the first actual power; the terminal may use the parameters configured by the upper layer of the second transmission link, transmission bandwidth, path loss, and Some power adjustment information calculates the second intermediate power, and compares the second intermediate power with the second maximum transmit power to obtain the second actual power.
  • the minimum value of the second intermediate power and the second maximum transmit power can be determined Is the second actual power.
  • the terminal may determine to use time division multiplexing, code division multiplexing, or frequency division multiplexing to send the first One message, the second message is sent through the second transmission link.
  • the second power threshold may be determined by P PowerClass and/or P EMAX .
  • the terminal may determine that the minimum value of P PowerClass and P EMAX is the second power threshold.
  • P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal
  • P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the first base station, the second base station, or the terminal may configure the multiplexing mode used by the terminal, for example, time division multiplexing mode, code division multiplexing mode, or frequency division multiplexing mode.
  • the first base station is a base station of a first transmission link
  • the second base station is a base station of a second transmission link.
  • the terminal may use the first actual power to send through the first transmission link
  • the first information may use the second actual power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal may use the first actual power to pass through the first transmission link
  • the second actual power may be used to send the second information through the second transmission link in an orthogonal manner to the first information.
  • the orthogonality may be the orthogonality of the sequence, the orthogonality of the information, or other orthogonal manners .
  • Step 703 If the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, determine the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power.
  • the first final power is the final transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link
  • the second final power is the final transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the first power threshold may be determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, or P FDM , and the first power threshold may be the same as or different from the second power threshold.
  • the terminal may determine the minimum value of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM as the first power threshold, where P FDM is used to indicate the maximum value of the terminal defined when the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send information power.
  • the terminal may determine the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power.
  • determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes: reducing the second actual power, so that the first actual power and the reduced The sum of the second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; it is determined that the first actual power is the first final power; and the reduced second actual power is determined as the second final power.
  • the side link power control method further includes steps 804 to 807.
  • Step 804 Obtain a first parameter, which is a parameter determined according to the quality of service QoS.
  • the first parameter may be various types of parameters, for example, the first parameter may be a PPPP level, and for example, the first parameter may be comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to 5G QoS characteristic parameters
  • the first parameter may also be an index of a 5G QoS indicator (5G QoS Indicator, 5QI) parameter set.
  • 5G QoS Indicator, 5QI 5G QoS Indicator
  • the terminal may indicate the first parameter through SCI.
  • the terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter, k priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and k parameter thresholds corresponding to the k priority levels.
  • the terminal may divide the first parameter into k priority levels, and pre-configure k parameter thresholds for the k priority levels of the first parameter; or, the terminal may give the first parameter a threshold
  • the parameters are divided into k priority levels, and the second base station may configure k parameter thresholds for the k priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be a base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the first parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown.
  • PPPP1 and PPPP2 correspond to priority level 1
  • PPPP3 and PPPP4 correspond to priority level 2
  • PPPP5 and PPPP6 correspond to priority level 3
  • PPPP7 and PPPP8 correspond to priority level 4.
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is K 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is K 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is K 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is K 4 dB.
  • the second base station may send the first parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal.
  • the 5G QoS characteristic parameter includes the following At least one of the parameters: resource type resource type, priority priority level, packet delay budget (packet delay budget (PDB), packet loss rate (packet error (PER), average window averaging window, maximum data burst The volume of data (maximum data burst volume, MDBV) and the minimum required communication range minimum communication required range.
  • the terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter, j priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and j parameter thresholds corresponding to the j priority levels.
  • the terminal may divide the first parameter into j priority levels, and pre-configure j parameter thresholds for the j priority levels of the first parameter; or, the terminal may give the first parameter
  • the parameters are divided into j priority levels, and the second base station may configure j parameter thresholds for the j priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be the base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the first parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown.
  • 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1
  • 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2
  • 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3
  • 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4.
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is J 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is J 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is J 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is J 4 dB.
  • Priority level 1 Priority level 2
  • Priority level 3 Priority level 4 1, 2 3, 4 5, 6 7, 8 J 1 dB J 2 dB J 3 dB J 4 dB
  • the terminal may divide the 5QI parameter into q sets and assign an index number to each 5QI parameter set.
  • Each 5QI parameter set may include a certain number of 5QI parameters, for example ,
  • the 5QI parameter set with index number 1 includes 5QI parameters ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ⁇
  • the 5QI parameter set with index number 2 includes 5QI parameters ⁇ 65, 66, 67, 68, 69 ⁇ .
  • the terminal may indicate the first parameter through SCI.
  • the terminal pre-stores a correspondence between the first parameter, q priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and q parameter thresholds corresponding to the q priority levels.
  • the terminal may pre-configure q parameter thresholds for the q priority levels of the first parameter; or, the second base station may configure the q priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling q parameter thresholds, where the second base station may be a base station of a second transmission link, and the high-layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is Q 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is Q 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is Q 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is Q 4 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 5 is Q 5 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 6 is Q 6 dB.
  • Step 805 Obtain the first priority level corresponding to the first parameter.
  • Step 806 Obtain the first difference.
  • the first difference may be various types of differences, for example, the first difference may be the difference between the second actual power and the second final power, and for example, the first difference It may also be the difference between the power spectral density (PSD) of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link.
  • PSD power spectral density
  • the method further includes: acquiring the PSD of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link PSD.
  • the terminal may obtain the PSD of the first transmission link according to the high-level configuration of the first transmission link, link channel state information, power adjustment information, etc.; the terminal may according to the high-level configuration of the second transmission link , Link channel state information, power adjustment information, etc. to obtain the PSD of the second transmission link.
  • Step 807 If the first difference is greater than or equal to the first parameter threshold corresponding to the first priority level, the terminal stops sending the second information.
  • the first parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by higher layer signaling.
  • the high layer signaling is system information block SIB signaling, master information block MIB signaling, or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the terminal stops sending the second information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the second information before sending the second information, that is, the terminal does not send the second information.
  • the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not send the second information; if the first A difference is less than K 2 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the first parameter comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter is 5, according to Table 2, the first priority level corresponding to 5 is priority level 3, and the first parameter corresponding to priority level 3
  • the threshold is J 3 dB. If the first difference is greater than or equal to J 3 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not Sending the second information; if the first difference is less than J 3 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not send the second information; if the first A difference is less than Q 2 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes: if the terminal sends the second information through the second transmission link Reduce the first actual power prior to the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link in the time domain, so that the sum of the reduced first actual power and second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; It is determined that the reduced first actual power is the first final power; the second actual power is determined to be the second final power; or, if the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link is ahead of the terminal in the time domain The second information sent through the second transmission link reduces the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; it is determined that the first actual power is the first Final power; it is determined that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
  • the side link power control method further includes steps 908-step 910 or steps 911-step 914.
  • Step 908 Acquire the second priority level of the terminal.
  • the second priority level is the priority level of the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link.
  • the second priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS.
  • the second priority level of the terminal may be a PPPP level, and the terminal may indicate the second priority level through SCI.
  • the terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the priority levels of the p first information and the p parameter thresholds corresponding to the priority levels of the p first information.
  • the terminal may configure p parameter thresholds for the priority levels of p first information; or, the first base station may configure p parameters for the priority levels of p first information through high-layer signaling Threshold, where the first base station may be a base station of a first transmission link, and the high-layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
  • the priority relationship between the eight priority levels of the first information and the eight parameter thresholds corresponding to the eight priority levels of the first information is shown.
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP1 is P 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP2 is P 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP3 is P 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP4 is P 4 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP5 is P 5 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP7 is P 7 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP8 is P 8 dB.
  • Step 909 Obtain the second difference.
  • the second difference is the difference between the first actual power and the first final power.
  • Step 910 If the second difference is greater than or equal to the second parameter threshold corresponding to the second priority level, the terminal stops sending the first information.
  • the second parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by high-layer signaling, and the high-layer signaling is SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
  • the terminal stops sending the first information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the first information before sending the first information, that is, the terminal does not send the first information.
  • the terminal stops sending the First information, that is, the terminal uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link, and the terminal does not send the first information; if the first difference is less than P 1 dB, the terminal uses the first final power The first information is sent over the first transmission link, and the second information is sent over the second transmission link using the second final power.
  • Step 911 Acquire a third parameter, which is a parameter determined according to QoS.
  • the third parameter may be a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter, and the second base station may send the third parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal, the 5G QoS
  • the characteristic parameters include at least one of the following parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range.
  • the terminal pre-stores a correspondence between the third parameter, r priority levels corresponding to the third parameter, and r parameter thresholds corresponding to the r priority levels.
  • the terminal may divide r priority levels for the third parameter, and pre-configure r parameter thresholds for the r priority levels of the third parameter; or, the terminal may give the third parameter
  • the parameters are divided into r priority levels, and the second base station may configure r parameter thresholds for the r priority levels of the third parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be the base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the third parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the third parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown.
  • 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1
  • 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2
  • 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3
  • 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4.
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is R 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is R 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is R 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is R 4 dB.
  • Priority level 1 Priority level 2
  • Priority level 3 Priority level 4 1, 2 3, 4 5, 6 7, 8 R 1 dB R 2 dB R 3 dB R 4 dB
  • Step 912 Acquire a third priority level corresponding to the third parameter.
  • Step 913 Obtain a third difference value, where the third difference value is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power.
  • Step 914 If the third difference is greater than or equal to the third parameter threshold corresponding to the third priority level, the terminal stops sending the second information.
  • the third parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by high-layer signaling, and the high-layer signaling is SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
  • the terminal stops sending the second information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the second information before sending the second information, that is, the terminal does not send the second information.
  • the third parameter comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter is 6, according to Table 5, the third priority level corresponding to 6 is priority level 3, and the third parameter corresponding to priority level 3
  • the threshold is R 3 dB. If the third difference is greater than or equal to R 3 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not Sending the second information; if the third difference is less than R 3 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the subcarrier interval of the first transmission link is 15KHz
  • the subcarrier interval of the second transmission link is 60KHz
  • the first transmission link is the side link of LTE
  • the second transmission link is NR
  • the first time slot of the second transmission link precedes the first subframe of the first transmission link in the time domain
  • the terminal is in the first subframe and the first subframe of the first transmission link
  • the first time slot of the second transmission link sends information, and the sum of the actual power of the first transmission link and the actual power of the second transmission link is greater than the first power threshold, so the actual power of the first transmission link must be reduced.
  • the terminal Since the first subframe of the first transmission link precedes the 2-4th time slot of the second transmission link in the time domain, if the terminal is in the 2-4th time slot of the second transmission link Send information, and the sum of the actual power of the first transmission link and the actual power of the second transmission link is greater than the first power threshold, to reduce the actual power of the second transmission link, in the entire transmission process, the first transmission
  • the final power of the information sent in the first subframe of the link must be consistent.
  • another side link power control method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal, and the side link power control method includes the following steps:
  • Step 1101 if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, to obtain the first priority level of the terminal.
  • the first priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS.
  • the first priority level of the terminal may be a PPPP level, and the terminal may indicate the first priority level through SCI.
  • the terminal may indicate that the first priority level is one of PPPP1-PPPP8 through SCI.
  • Step 1102 Obtain a first parameter, which is a parameter determined according to QoS.
  • the first parameter may be a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter.
  • the second base station may send the first parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal.
  • the 5G QoS characteristic parameter includes the following At least one of the parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range.
  • the terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter and the r priority levels corresponding to the first parameter.
  • Step 1103 Acquire a second priority level corresponding to the first parameter.
  • Step 1104 Determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level.
  • the first reserved power is the lowest transmission power for the terminal to send the first information through the first transmission link
  • the second reserved power is the lowest transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level includes: according to the first priority level and the second priority The level determines the ratio of the first reserved power to the first power threshold m and the second reserved power to the first power threshold n, where m+n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ n ⁇ 1 ; Determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first power threshold, m and n.
  • the first power threshold may be determined according to P PowerClass , P EMAX and P FDM .
  • the first power threshold may be the minimum value among P PowerClass , P EMAX and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used for It indicates the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate that the terminal is defined when sending information using frequency division multiplexing The maximum power of the terminal.
  • m may be 0.5 and n may be 0.5.
  • n may be 0.5.
  • the first priority level is PPPP3 and the second priority level is priority level 3
  • m is 0.5 and n is 0.5.
  • m and n may be determined according to the level difference between the first priority level and the second priority level. For example: if the first priority level is PPPP4 and the second priority level is priority level 6, then m is 0.6 and n is 0.4.
  • the sum of m and n may be less than 1.
  • the first priority level is PPPP7
  • the second priority level is priority level 8
  • the first priority level and the second priority level are both greater than the priority level threshold of 5
  • m is 0.2 and n is 0.1.
  • the determining the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the first priority level and the second priority level include: The ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold are determined according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level.
  • the terminal pre-stores m and n corresponding to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level, the terminal may determine according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level m and n.
  • the first priority level may be one of PPPP1-PPPP8, and the second priority level may be one of priority level 1 to priority level 8.
  • the table corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level in Table 7 is the value of m, n. For example, if the first priority level is PPPP5 and the second priority level is priority level 1, then m is 0.2 and n is 0.8. For another example, if the first priority level is PPPP7, the second priority level is priority level 6, m is 0.4, and n is 0.6.
  • determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level includes: according to the first priority level and the second The priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level threshold corresponding to the second priority level determine the ratio of the first reserved power to the first power threshold m and the second The ratio of reserved power to the first power threshold n, where 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1; the first reserved power and the first power threshold are determined according to the first power threshold, m and n 2.
  • Reserve power includes: according to the first priority level and the second The priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level threshold corresponding to the second priority level determine the ratio of the first reserved power to the first power threshold m and the second The ratio of reserved power to the first power threshold n, where 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1; the first reserved power and the first power threshold are determined according to the first power threshold, m and
  • the first power threshold may be determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM .
  • the first power threshold may be the minimum value of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where, P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate that the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to transmit The maximum power of the terminal defined in the information.
  • first priority level threshold and the second priority level threshold may be thresholds preset by the terminal or configured by high-level signaling, and the high-level signaling is SIB signaling or MIB signaling Or RRC signaling.
  • the terminal may determine the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold according to the difference between the first priority level and the threshold of the first priority level, and the terminal may determine the ratio of the second priority level to the second priority
  • the difference of the level threshold determines the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold.
  • the first priority level may be one of PPPP1-PPPP8, and the second priority level may be one of priority level 1 to priority level 7.
  • the terminal may be based on the first priority level and the first The difference of the priority level threshold determines the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold, the terminal may determine the second reserved power to occupy the first power threshold according to the difference between the second priority level and the second priority level threshold Of the ratio n.
  • the first priority level is PPPP2
  • the second priority level is priority level 2
  • the first priority level threshold is PPPP4
  • the second priority level threshold is priority level 3
  • the first priority level It is different from the first priority level threshold by 2 levels
  • the second priority level and the second priority level threshold are different by 1 level.
  • the terminal may reduce the first actual power so that the sum of the reduced first actual power and the second actual power is less than or equal to the A power threshold, and the reduced first actual power is greater than or equal to the first reserved power.
  • the terminal may reduce the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first A power threshold, and the reduced second actual power is greater than or equal to the second reserved power.
  • the above-mentioned terminal or the like includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function Those skilled in the art should be easily aware that, in conjunction with the exemplary units and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the above-mentioned terminals may be divided into function modules according to the above method examples.
  • each function module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 120.
  • the terminal 120 includes an acquisition module 1201, a calculation module 1202, and a determination module 1203.
  • the obtaining module 1201 is configured to obtain a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power, where the first maximum transmission power is the maximum transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second maximum transmission power is the The terminal transmits the maximum transmit power of the second information through the second transmission link;
  • the calculation module 1202 is configured to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second transmission link if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing Send second information, calculate the first actual power and the second actual power according to the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power, the first actual power is the terminal using frequency division multiplexing through the first transmission chain
  • the actual power of the first information sent by the channel, and the second actual power is the actual power of the terminal using frequency division multiplexing to send the second information through the second transmission link;
  • the determination module 12 is configured to obtain a first
  • first transmission link may be a side link of LTE
  • second transmission link may be a side link of NR
  • first transmission link may be a side link of NR
  • the second transmission link may be a side link of LTE.
  • first transmission link and the second transmission link may also be other forms of links, and the specific forms of the first transmission link and the second transmission link are not limited in this application.
  • the terminal may select the value of the first maximum transmission power within the range of the first maximum transmission power, and the terminal may select the value of the second maximum transmission power within the range of the second maximum transmission power. It should be noted that, if the first transmission link and the second transmission link are transmitted on the same subband, considering the interference factor, the first transmission link and the second transmission link also need to consider additional AMPR.
  • the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power may also be determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power.
  • the value range of the first maximum transmit power P CMAX1 may also be P CMAXL2 ⁇ P CMAX1 ⁇ P CMAXH2
  • P 1 may be configured by the base station of the LTE network and sent to the terminal
  • P 2 may be configured by the base station of the NR network and sent to the terminal.
  • the terminal may select the value of the first maximum transmission power within the range of the first maximum transmission power
  • the terminal may select the value of the second maximum transmission power within the range of the second maximum transmission power. It should be noted that, if the first transmission link and the second transmission link are transmitted on the same subband, considering the interference factor, the first transmission link and the second transmission link also need to consider additional AMPR.
  • the terminal may calculate the first intermediate power through parameters configured by the upper layer of the first transmission link, transmission bandwidth, path loss, and some power adjustment information, and compare the first intermediate power with the first maximum transmit power
  • the first actual power for example, the minimum value between the first intermediate power and the first maximum transmit power may be determined as the first actual power; the terminal may use the parameters configured by the upper layer of the second transmission link, transmission bandwidth, path loss, and Some power adjustment information calculates the second intermediate power, and compares the second intermediate power with the second maximum transmit power to obtain the second actual power.
  • the minimum value of the second intermediate power and the second maximum transmit power can be determined Is the second actual power.
  • the determining module 1203 is specifically configured to: reduce the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; determine that the first actual power is the first final power ; Determine that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
  • the terminal 120 further includes a stop module 1204.
  • the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain the first parameter, which is a parameter determined according to the quality of service QoS; the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain the first priority level corresponding to the first parameter; the obtaining module 1201, also Used to obtain a first difference value, the first difference value is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power; the stop module 1204 is used if the first difference value is greater than or equal to the corresponding value of the first priority level The first parameter threshold, the terminal stops sending the second information.
  • the first parameter may be various types of parameters, for example, the first parameter may be a PPPP level, and for example, the first parameter may be comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to 5G QoS characteristic parameters
  • the first parameter may also be an index of a 5G QoS indicator (5G QoS Indicator, 5QI) parameter set.
  • 5G QoS Indicator, 5QI 5G QoS Indicator
  • the terminal may indicate the first parameter through SCI.
  • the terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter, k priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and k parameter thresholds corresponding to the k priority levels.
  • the terminal may divide the first parameter into k priority levels, and pre-configure k parameter thresholds for the k priority levels of the first parameter; or, the terminal may give the first parameter a threshold
  • the parameters are divided into k priority levels, and the second base station may configure k parameter thresholds for the k priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be a base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the first parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown.
  • PPPP1 and PPPP2 correspond to priority level 1
  • PPPP3 and PPPP4 correspond to priority level 2
  • PPPP5 and PPPP6 correspond to priority level 3
  • PPPP7 and PPPP8 correspond to priority level 4.
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is K 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is K 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is K 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is K 4 dB.
  • the second base station may send the first parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal.
  • the 5G QoS characteristic parameter includes the following At least one of the parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range.
  • the terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter, j priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and j parameter thresholds corresponding to the j priority levels.
  • the terminal may divide the first parameter into j priority levels, and pre-configure j parameter thresholds for the j priority levels of the first parameter; or, the terminal may give the first parameter
  • the parameters are divided into j priority levels, and the second base station may configure j parameter thresholds for the j priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be the base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the first parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown.
  • 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1
  • 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2
  • 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3
  • 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4.
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is J 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is J 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is J 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is J 4 dB.
  • Priority level 1 Priority level 2
  • Priority level 3 Priority level 4 1, 2 3, 4 5, 6 7, 8 J 1 dB J 2 dB J 3 dB J 4 dB
  • the terminal may divide the 5QI parameter into q sets and assign an index number to each 5QI parameter set.
  • Each 5QI parameter set may include a certain number of 5QI parameters, for example ,
  • the 5QI parameter set with index number 1 includes 5QI parameters ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ⁇
  • the 5QI parameter set with index number 2 includes 5QI parameters ⁇ 65, 66, 67, 68, 69 ⁇ .
  • the terminal may indicate the first parameter through SCI.
  • the terminal pre-stores a correspondence between the first parameter, q priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and q parameter thresholds corresponding to the q priority levels.
  • the terminal may pre-configure q parameter thresholds for the q priority levels of the first parameter; or, the second base station may configure the q priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling q parameter thresholds, where the second base station may be a base station of a second transmission link, and the high-layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is Q 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is Q 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is Q 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is Q 4 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 5 is Q 5 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 6 is Q 6 dB.
  • the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not send the second information; if the first A difference is less than K 2 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the second base station comprehensively maps the first parameter according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter as 5, according to Table 9, the first priority level corresponding to 5 is priority level 3, and the first parameter corresponding to priority level 3 is The threshold is J 3 dB. If the first difference is greater than or equal to J 3 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not Sending the second information; if the first difference is less than J 3 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not send the second information; if the first A difference is less than Q 2 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the first difference may be various types of differences, for example, the first difference may be the difference between the second actual power and the second final power, and for example, the first difference It may also be the difference between the PSD of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link.
  • the method further includes: acquiring the PSD of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link PSD.
  • the terminal may obtain the PSD of the first transmission link according to the high-level configuration of the first transmission link, link channel state information, power adjustment information, etc.; the terminal may according to the high-level configuration of the second transmission link , Link channel state information, power adjustment information, etc. to obtain the PSD of the second transmission link.
  • the terminal stops sending the second information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the second information before sending the second information, that is, the terminal does not send the second information.
  • the determination module 1203 is further specifically configured to reduce the second information if the second information sent by the terminal through the second transmission link precedes the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link in the time domain.
  • An actual power such that the sum of the reduced first actual power and the second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; determining that the reduced first actual power is the first final power; determining that the second actual power is the second final power Power; or, if the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link precedes the second information sent by the terminal through the second transmission link in the time domain, the second actual power is reduced so that the first The sum of the actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; determining that the first actual power is the first final power; and determining that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
  • the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain a second priority level of the terminal, the second priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS; the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain a second difference value, the The second difference is the difference between the first actual power and the first final power; the stopping module 1204 is further used to stop sending the second parameter if the second difference is greater than or equal to the second parameter threshold corresponding to the second priority level Information; or, the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain a third parameter, which is a parameter determined according to QoS; the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain a third priority level corresponding to the third parameter; the obtaining module 1201, also used to obtain a third difference, the third difference is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power.
  • the stopping module 1204 is further configured to stop sending the second information if the third difference is greater than or equal to the third parameter threshold corresponding to the third priority level.
  • the second priority level of the terminal may be a PPPP level, and the terminal may indicate the second priority level through SCI.
  • the terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the priority levels of the p first information and the p parameter thresholds corresponding to the priority levels of the p first information.
  • the terminal may configure p parameter thresholds for the priority levels of p first information; or, the first base station may configure p parameters for the priority levels of p first information through high-layer signaling Threshold, where the first base station may be a base station of a first transmission link, and the high-layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
  • the corresponding relationship between the eight priority levels of the first information and the eight parameter thresholds corresponding to the eight priority levels of the first information is shown.
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP1 is P 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP2 is P 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP3 is P 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP4 is P 4 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP5 is P 5 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP7 is P 7 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to PPPP8 is P 8 dB.
  • the terminal stops sending the First information, that is, the terminal uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link, and the terminal does not send the first information; if the first difference is less than P 1 dB, the terminal uses the first final power The first information is sent over the first transmission link, and the second information is sent over the second transmission link using the second final power.
  • the third parameter may be a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter, and the second base station may send the third parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal, the 5G QoS
  • the characteristic parameters include at least one of the following parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range.
  • the terminal pre-stores a correspondence between the third parameter, r priority levels corresponding to the third parameter, and r parameter thresholds corresponding to the r priority levels.
  • the terminal may divide r priority levels for the third parameter, and pre-configure r parameter thresholds for the r priority levels of the third parameter; or, the terminal may give the third parameter
  • the parameters are divided into r priority levels, and the second base station may configure r parameter thresholds for the r priority levels of the third parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be the base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
  • the correspondence between the third parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the third parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown.
  • 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1
  • 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2
  • 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3
  • 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4.
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is R 1 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is R 2 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is R 3 dB
  • the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is R 4 dB.
  • Priority level 1 Priority level 2
  • Priority level 3 Priority level 4 1, 2 3, 4 5, 6 7, 8 R 1 dB R 2 dB R 3 dB R 4 dB
  • the third priority level corresponding to 6 is priority level 3, and the third parameter corresponding to priority level 3
  • the threshold is R 3 dB. If the third difference is greater than or equal to R 3 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not Sending the second information; if the third difference is less than R 3 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal stops sending the first information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the first information before sending the first information, that is, the terminal does not send the first information.
  • the terminal stops sending the second information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the second information before sending the second information, that is, the terminal does not send the second information.
  • the first parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by higher layer signaling, where the higher layer signaling is system information block SIB signaling, master information block MIB signaling, or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • higher layer signaling is system information block SIB signaling, master information block MIB signaling, or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  • the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power are determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power, and the first initial power is that the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link ,
  • the second initial power is the initial transmit power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the first initial power is configured by the first base station, the first base station is the base station of the first transmission link; the second initial power is configured by the second base station, and the second base station is the second Base station of the transmission link.
  • the obtaining module 1201 is further configured to obtain a first initial power and a second initial power, where the first initial power is the initial transmit power at which the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power The power is the initial transmit power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link; the determining module 1203 is also used to determine if the sum of the first initial power and the second initial power is greater than the second power threshold Using time division multiplexing or code division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, the second power threshold is determined by P PowerClass and/or P EMAX , Among them, P PowerClass is used to represent the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used to represent the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling.
  • P PowerClass is used to represent the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal
  • P EMAX is used to represent the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling.
  • the first base station, the second base station, or the terminal may configure the multiplexing mode used by the terminal, for example, time division multiplexing mode, code division multiplexing mode, or frequency division multiplexing mode.
  • the first base station is a base station of a first transmission link
  • the second base station is a base station of a second transmission link.
  • the second power threshold may be the minimum of P PowerClass and P EMAX .
  • the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used It indicates the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined when the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send information.
  • P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal
  • P EMAX is used It indicates the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling
  • P FDM is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined when the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send information.
  • the first power threshold may be the minimum value among P PowerClass , P EMAX and P FDM .
  • the first maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the first initial power
  • the second maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the second initial power
  • the first initial power is that the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link
  • the second initial power is the initial transmit power at which the terminal sends the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the terminal 120 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the terminal 120 may adopt the form shown in FIG. 6.
  • the processor 601 in FIG. 6 may call the computer stored in the memory 603 to execute instructions, so that the terminal 120 executes the side link power control method in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the function/implementation process of the acquisition module 1201, the calculation module 1202, and the determination module 1203 in FIG. 12 may be implemented by the processor 601 in FIG. 6 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 603.
  • the terminal 120 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned side link power control method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus (for example, the apparatus may be a chip system), and the apparatus includes a processor for supporting the foregoing terminal to implement the foregoing side link power control method, for example, acquiring the first maximum Transmission power and second maximum transmission power; if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, according to the first maximum transmission power and The second maximum transmit power calculates the first actual power and the second actual power; if the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the first actual power and the second actual power are used to determine the first Final power and second final power.
  • the device also includes a memory.
  • the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the terminal.
  • the memory may not be in the device.
  • the device When the device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 140.
  • the terminal 140 includes: an acquisition module 1401 and a determination module 1402.
  • the obtaining module 1401 is configured to obtain the first priority level of the terminal if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • a priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS; an acquisition module 1401 is also used to acquire a first parameter, the first parameter is a parameter determined according to QoS; an acquisition module 1401 is also used to acquire a corresponding to the first parameter The second priority level; the determination module 1402 is used to determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level, the first reserved power is the The lowest transmission power for the first transmission link to send the first information, and the second reserved power is the lowest transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  • the first priority level of the terminal may be a PPPP level, and the terminal may indicate the first priority level through SCI.
  • the terminal may indicate that the first priority level is one of PPPP1-PPPP8 through SCI.
  • the first parameter may be a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter
  • the second base station may send the first parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal, the 5G QoS
  • the characteristic parameters include at least one of the following parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range.
  • the terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter and the r priority levels corresponding to the first parameter.
  • the determining module 1402 is specifically configured to determine the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the second reserved power to the first power according to the first priority level and the second priority level The ratio n of the threshold, where m+n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ n ⁇ 1; the first reserved power and the second reserved power are determined according to the first power threshold, m and n.
  • m may be 0.5 and n may be 0.5.
  • n may be 0.5.
  • m and n may be determined according to the level difference between the first priority level and the second priority level. For example: if the first priority level is PPPP4 and the second priority level is priority level 6, then m is 0.6 and n is 0.4.
  • the sum of m and n may be less than 100.
  • the first priority level is PPPP7
  • the second priority level is priority level 8
  • the first priority level and the second priority level are both greater than the priority level threshold of 5
  • m is 0.2 and n is 0.1.
  • the determining the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the first priority level and the second priority level include: : Determining the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level.
  • the terminal pre-stores m and n corresponding to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level, and the terminal may determine according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level m and n.
  • the first priority level may be one of PPPP1-PPPP8, and the second priority level may be one of priority level 1 to priority level 8.
  • the table corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level in Table 14 is the value of m, n. For example, if the first priority level is PPPP5 and the second priority level is priority level 1, then m is 0.2 and n is 0.8. For another example, if the first priority level is PPPP7, the second priority level is priority level 6, m is 0.4, and n is 0.6.
  • the determination module 1402 is further specifically configured to: according to the first priority level, the second priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level, and the second priority level corresponding to The second priority level threshold determines the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, where m+n ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ m ⁇ 1, 0 ⁇ n ⁇ 1; determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first power threshold, m and n.
  • first priority level threshold and the second priority level threshold may be thresholds preset by the terminal or configured by high-level signaling, and the high-level signaling is SIB signaling or MIB signaling Or RRC signaling.
  • the terminal may determine the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold according to the difference between the first priority level and the first priority level threshold, and the terminal may determine the ratio of the second priority level and the second priority The difference of the level threshold determines the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold.
  • the first priority level may be one of PPPP1-PPPP8, and the second priority level may be one of priority level 1 to priority level 7.
  • the terminal may be based on the first priority level and the first The difference of the priority level threshold determines the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold, the terminal may determine the second reserved power to occupy the first power threshold according to the difference between the second priority level and the second priority level threshold Of the ratio n.
  • the first priority level is PPPP2
  • the second priority level is priority level 2
  • the first priority level threshold is PPPP4
  • the second priority level threshold is priority level 3
  • the first priority level It is different from the first priority level threshold by 2 levels
  • the second priority level and the second priority level threshold are different by 1 level.
  • the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used It indicates the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined when the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send information.
  • P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal
  • P EMAX is used It indicates the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling
  • P FDM is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined when the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send information.
  • the first power threshold may be the minimum value among P PowerClass , P EMAX and P FDM .
  • the terminal may reduce the first actual power so that the sum of the reduced first actual power and the second actual power is less than or equal to the A power threshold, and the reduced first actual power is greater than or equal to the first reserved power.
  • the terminal may reduce the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first A power threshold, and the reduced second actual power is greater than or equal to the second reserved power.
  • the terminal 140 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the terminal 140 may adopt the form shown in FIG. 6.
  • the processor 601 in FIG. 6 may call the computer stored in the memory 603 to execute instructions, so that the terminal 140 executes the side link power control method in the above method embodiment.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the obtaining module 1401 and the determining module 1402 in FIG. 14 may be implemented by the processor 601 in FIG. 6 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 603.
  • the terminal 140 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned side link power control method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus (for example, the apparatus may be a chip system), and the apparatus includes a processor for supporting the terminal 140 to implement the above-described side link power control method, for example, if the terminal determines to use In the frequency division multiplexing mode, the first information is sent through the first transmission link, and the second information is sent through the second transmission link to obtain the first priority level of the terminal; obtain the first parameter; obtain the corresponding to the first parameter The second priority level; the first reserved power and the second reserved power are determined according to the first priority level and the second priority level.
  • the device also includes a memory. The memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the terminal 140. Of course, the memory may not be in the device. When the device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the module or unit is only a division of logical functions.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be The combination can either be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical, or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed in multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function unit.
  • the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may be essentially or part of the contribution to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solutions may be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium
  • several instructions are included to enable a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, chip, etc.) or processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage media include various media that can store program codes, such as a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Embodiments of the present application provide a sidelink power control method and a terminal, pertaining to the field of wireless communications, and providing a power sharing method to a terminal sending information via a first transmission link and a second transmission link, such that a transmission power sum of the first transmission link and the second transmission link for sidelink transmission is controlled to not exceed a maximum transmission power of the terminal. The method comprises: acquiring a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power; if a terminal determines to send first information via a first transmission link and second information via a second transmission link in a frequency-division multiplexing mode, calculating a first actual power and a second actual power according to the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power; and if a sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than a first power threshold, determining a first final power and a second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power.

Description

侧链路功率控制方法及终端Side link power control method and terminal
“本申请要求于2019年1月11日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910028353.5发明名称为“侧链路功率控制方法及终端”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中”。"This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on January 11, 2019, with the application number 201910028353.5 and the invention titled "side link power control method and terminal", the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this document Applying."
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及侧链路功率控制方法及终端。This application relates to the field of wireless communication, and in particular, to a side link power control method and terminal.
背景技术Background technique
随着无线通信技术的不断发展,继长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)网络后,《第三代合作伙伴计划》将引入第五代移动通信(5G)技术,即具有更大数据容量和更快的数据处理速度的新空口(New Radio Interface,NR)网络。目前,LTE网络具有优良的性能,已经被运营商广泛的部署,因此,在5G技术发展的初期,NR网络尚不能独立部署,需要和LTE网络紧密协作。With the continuous development of wireless communication technology, following the Long Term Evolution (LTE) network, the Third Generation Partnership Project will introduce the fifth generation mobile communication (5G) technology, which has greater data capacity and more New data interface (NR) network with fast data processing speed. At present, the LTE network has excellent performance and has been widely deployed by operators. Therefore, in the early stage of the development of 5G technology, the NR network cannot be deployed independently, and it needs to work closely with the LTE network.
若LTE网络和NR网络同时部署,侧链路中的终端采用频分双工(Frequency Division Duplexing,FDD)的工作方式通信,终端的LTE网络的发射功率和NR网络的发射功率之和可能大于终端的最大发射功率,但是,现在并没有关于侧链路中终端的LTE网络和NR网络的功率控制的方法。If the LTE network and the NR network are deployed at the same time, the terminals in the side link communicate using Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD). The sum of the transmission power of the LTE network of the terminal and the transmission power of the NR network may be greater than the terminal The maximum transmit power, however, there is currently no method for power control of the LTE network and NR network of the terminal in the side link.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供侧链路功率控制方法及终端,给出了终端通过第一传输链路和第二传输链路发送信息的功率共享方法,可以实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。An embodiment of the present application provides a side link power control method and a terminal, and provides a power sharing method for a terminal to send information through a first transmission link and a second transmission link, which can implement control of the first transmission link in the side link The sum of the transmission power with the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:To achieve the above purpose, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种侧链路功率控制方法,该方法包括:获取第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率,该第一最大发射功率是终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最大发射功率,该第二最大发射功率是该终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最大发射功率;若该终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,根据该第一最大发射功率和该第二最大发射功率计算第一实际功率和第二实际功率,该第一实际功率是该终端使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的实际功率,该第二实际功率是该终端使用频分复用的方式通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的实际功率;若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,该第一最终功率是该终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最终发射功率,该第二最终功率是该终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最终发射功率。基于此方案,该终端可以实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a side link power control method. The method includes: acquiring a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power, where the first maximum transmission power is transmitted by a terminal through a first transmission link The maximum transmit power of the first information, the second maximum transmit power is the maximum transmit power of the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link; if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send through the first transmission link The first information, the second information is sent through the second transmission link, the first actual power and the second actual power are calculated according to the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power, the first actual power is the frequency of use of the terminal The actual power for sending the first information through the first transmission link in the multiplexing mode, the second actual power is the actual power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link using the frequency division multiplexing method; The sum of an actual power and a second actual power is greater than a first power threshold, and a first final power and a second final power are determined according to the first actual power and the second actual power, the first final power is the terminal passing the first The final transmission power of the first information sent by the transmission link, and the second final power is the final transmission power of the second information sent by the terminal through the second transmission link. Based on this solution, the terminal can realize that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第一方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,包括:降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功 率和降低后的第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定降低后的第二实际功率为第二最终功率。基于此方案,该终端可以通过降低第二实际功率以实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation, determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes: reducing the second actual power so that the first actual power The sum of the power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; determining that the first actual power is the first final power; and determining that the reduced second actual power is the second final power. Based on this solution, the terminal can reduce the second actual power to achieve that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:获取第一参数,该第一参数是根据服务质量QoS确定的参数;获取该第一参数对应的第一优先级等级;获取第一差值,该第一差值是该第二实际功率和该第二最终功率之差;若该第一差值大于或者等于第一优先级等级对应的第一参数阈值,该终端停止发送该第二信息。基于此方案,该终端可以通过不发送该第二信息以实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manner, in another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: acquiring a first parameter, the first parameter is a parameter determined according to quality of service QoS; acquiring the first parameter corresponds to The first priority level; obtain the first difference, the first difference is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power; if the first difference is greater than or equal to the first priority level corresponding to the first A parameter threshold, the terminal stops sending the second information. Based on this solution, the terminal can control that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal by not sending the second information.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,包括:若该终端通过该第二传输链路发送的第二信息在时域上先于该终端通过该第一传输链路发送的第一信息,降低第一实际功率,以使得降低后的第一实际功率和第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定降低后的第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定第二实际功率为第二最终功率;或者,若该终端通过该第一传输链路发送的第一信息在时域上先于该终端通过该第二传输链路发送的第二信息,降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定降低后的第二实际功率为第二最终功率。基于此方案,该终端可以根据第一信息和第二信息在时域上的先后顺便确定降低第一实际功率或者降低第二实际功率,进而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manner, in another possible implementation manner, determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes: if the terminal passes The second information sent by the second transmission link is prior to the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link in the time domain, reducing the first actual power, so that the reduced first actual power and the second The sum of the actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; it is determined that the reduced first actual power is the first final power; the second actual power is determined to be the second final power; or, if the terminal transmits via the first transmission link The first information is prior to the second information sent by the terminal through the second transmission link in the time domain, and the second actual power is reduced, so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first Power threshold; determine the first actual power as the first final power; determine the reduced second actual power as the second final power. Based on this solution, the terminal may sequentially determine to reduce the first actual power or the second actual power according to the time sequence of the first information and the second information in the time domain, thereby implementing control of the first transmission link and the second The sum of the transmission power of the two transmission links does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,该方法还包括:获取该终端的第二优先级等级,该第二优先级等级是根据QoS确定的优先级等级;获取第二差值,该第二差值是该第一实际功率和该第一最终功率之差;若该第二差值大于或者等于第二优先级等级对应的第二参数阈值,该终端停止发送第一信息;或者,获取第三参数,该第三参数是根据QoS确定的参数;获取该第三参数对应的第三优先级等级;获取第三差值,该第三差值是该第二实际功率和该第二最终功率之差;若该第三差值大于或者等于第三优先级等级对应的第三参数阈值,该终端停止发送第二信息。基于此方案,该终端可以通过停止发送第一信息或者第二信息实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manner, in another possible implementation manner, the method further includes: acquiring a second priority level of the terminal, where the second priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS ; Obtain a second difference, the second difference is the difference between the first actual power and the first final power; if the second difference is greater than or equal to the second parameter threshold corresponding to the second priority level, the terminal Stop sending the first message; or, obtain the third parameter, which is a parameter determined according to QoS; obtain the third priority level corresponding to the third parameter; obtain the third difference, which is the third difference The difference between the second actual power and the second final power; if the third difference is greater than or equal to the third parameter threshold corresponding to the third priority level, the terminal stops sending the second information. Based on this solution, the terminal can stop sending the first information or the second information to control the total transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link to not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一参数阈值是该终端预设的参数阈值的或者是高层信令配置的参数阈值,该高层信令是系统信息块SIB信令、主信息块MIB信令或者无线资源控制RRC信令。基于此方案,该终端可以通过设置的第一参数阈值判断是否发送第二信息,从而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the first parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by higher layer signaling, and the higher layer signaling is System information block SIB signaling, master information block MIB signaling or radio resource control RRC signaling. Based on this solution, the terminal can determine whether to send the second information by setting the first parameter threshold, so that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link is controlled not to exceed the maximum value of the terminal Transmit power.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一最大发射功率和该第二最大发射功率是根据第一初始功率和第二初始功率确定的,该第一初始功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,该第二初始功 率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。基于此方案,该终端可以根据第一初始功率和第二初始功率确定第一最大功率和第二最大功率,根据第一最大功率和第二最大功率确定第一实际功率和第二实际功率,进而根据第一实际功率和第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,从而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manner, in another possible implementation manner, the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power are determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power. An initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link. Based on this solution, the terminal may determine the first maximum power and the second maximum power according to the first initial power and the second initial power, and determine the first actual power and the second actual power according to the first maximum power and the second maximum power, and further The first final power and the second final power are determined according to the first actual power and the second actual power, so that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link is controlled not to exceed the maximum value of the terminal Transmit power.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一初始功率是第一基站配置的,该第一基站是该第一传输链路的基站;该第二初始功率是第二基站配置的,该第二基站是该第二传输链路的基站。基于此方案,该终端可以接收第一基站发送的第一初始功率,接收第二基站发送的第二初始功率,根据第一初始功率和第二初始功率确定第一最大功率和第二最大功率,根据第一最大功率和第二最大功率确定第一实际功率和第二实际功率,进而根据第一实际功率和第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,从而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the first initial power is configured by the first base station, the first base station is the base station of the first transmission link; the second The initial power is configured by the second base station, and the second base station is the base station of the second transmission link. Based on this solution, the terminal may receive the first initial power sent by the first base station, receive the second initial power sent by the second base station, and determine the first maximum power and the second maximum power according to the first initial power and the second initial power, The first actual power and the second actual power are determined according to the first maximum power and the second maximum power, and then the first final power and the second final power are determined according to the first actual power and the second actual power, so as to realize the side link Control the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link not to exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,在获取第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率前,该方法还包括:获取第一初始功率和第二初始功率,该第一初始功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,该第二初始功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率;若该第一初始功率和该第二初始功率之和大于第二功率阈值,该终端确定使用时分复用或者码分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,该第二功率阈值是由P PowerClass和/或P EMAX确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率。基于此方案,该终端还可以确定使用时分复用或者码分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,从而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。 With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manner, in another possible implementation manner, before acquiring the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power, the method further includes: acquiring the first initial power and the second initial Power, the first initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link; If the sum of the first initial power and the second initial power is greater than the second power threshold, the terminal determines to use time division multiplexing or code division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and through the second transmission chain Channel to send second information, the second power threshold is determined by P PowerClass and/or P EMAX , where P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used to indicate the RRC signal Let the configured maximum power allowed by the terminal. Based on this solution, the terminal can also determine to use time-division multiplexing or code-division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, thereby achieving control in the side link The sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一功率阈值是由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示该终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的该终端的最大功率。基于此方案,该终端可以由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定第一功率阈值,从而判断第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和是否大于第一功率阈值,若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和小于等于第一功率阈值,该终端可以使用第一实际功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二实际功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,该终端可以根据第一实际功率和第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,进而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。 With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate The maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate the power defined by the terminal when transmitting information using frequency division multiplexing. The maximum power of the terminal. Based on this solution, the terminal can determine the first power threshold by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , thereby determining whether the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, if the first actual The sum of the power and the second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold, the terminal may use the first actual power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and use the second actual power to send the second information through the second transmission link, If the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the terminal may determine the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power, thereby implementing control in the side link The sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第一方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一最大发射功率小于等于第一初始功率,该第二最大发射功率小于等于第二初始功率,该第一初始功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,该第二初始功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。基于此方案,该终 端可以通过限定第一最大发射功率小于等于第一初始功率,第二最大发射功率小于等于第二初始功率,从而限定根据第一最大发射功率计算出的第一实际功率小于第一初始功率,根据第二最大发射功率计算出的第二实际功率也小于第二初始功率,进而实现根据第一实际功率确定的第一最终功率和根据第二实际功率确定的第二最终功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the first aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manner, in another possible implementation manner, the first maximum transmission power is less than or equal to the first initial power, and the second maximum transmission power is less than or equal to the second initial power, the first The initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link. Based on this solution, the terminal may define that the first maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the first initial power and the second maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the second initial power, thereby defining that the first actual power calculated according to the first maximum transmit power is less than the first An initial power, the second actual power calculated according to the second maximum transmit power is also less than the second initial power, and thereby the first final power determined according to the first actual power and the second final power determined according to the second actual power are realized And does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the terminal.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种侧链路功率控制方法,该方法包括:若终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,获取该终端的第一优先级等级,该第一优先级等级是根据QoS确定的优先级等级;获取第一参数,该第一参数是根据QoS确定的参数;获取该第一参数对应的第二优先级等级;根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,该第一预留功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的最低发射功率,该第二预留功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的最低发射功率。基于此方案,该终端可以使用第一预留功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,和/或,使用第二预留功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,从而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a side link power control method. The method includes: if a terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send first information through a first transmission link and send through a second transmission link The second information is to obtain the first priority level of the terminal, the first priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS; to obtain the first parameter, the first parameter is a parameter determined according to QoS; to obtain the first parameter Corresponding second priority level; determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level, the first reserved power is the terminal through the first transmission chain The minimum transmission power for the first information sent by the channel, and the second reserved power is the minimum transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link. Based on this solution, the terminal may use the first reserved power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and/or use the second reserved power to send the second information through the second transmission link, thereby realizing the side chain The sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the channel is controlled not to exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第二方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,包括:根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1,0<n<1;根据该第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。基于此方案,该终端可以通过确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,从而确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,进而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner, determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level includes: according to the first priority level And the second priority level determines the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, where m+n≤1, 0<m<1 , 0<n<1; determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first power threshold, m and n. Based on this solution, the terminal may determine the first reserved power and the second reservation by determining the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold Power, so that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link is controlled not to exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第二方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,包括:根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n。基于此方案,该终端可以根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,从而确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,进而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manner, in another possible implementation manner, the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold is determined according to the first priority level and the second priority level. The ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold includes: determining the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the second according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level The ratio n of reserved power to the first power threshold. Based on this solution, the terminal may determine the ratio of the first reserved power to the first power threshold m and the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level Ratio n, so as to determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power, so as to control the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link to not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
结合第二方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,还包括:根据该第一优先级等级、该第二优先级等级、该第一优先级等级对应的第一优先级等级阈值和该第二优先级等级对应的第二优先级等级阈值确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1,0<n<1;根据第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。基于此方案,该终端可以根据该第一优先级等级、该第二优先级等级、该第一优先级等级对应的第一优先级等级阈值和该第二优先级等级对应的第二优先级等级阈值确定第一预留功率占第一 功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,进而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manner, in another possible implementation manner, determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level, further including : Determine the first reservation according to the first priority level, the second priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level threshold corresponding to the second priority level The ratio m of power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, where m+n≤1, 0<m<1, 0<n<1; according to the first power threshold , M and n determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power. Based on this solution, the terminal may use the first priority level, the second priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level corresponding to the second priority level The threshold determines the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, thereby achieving control of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link The sum of the transmit powers does not exceed the maximum transmit power of the terminal.
结合第二方面和上述可能的实现方式,在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一功率阈值是由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示该终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的该终端的最大功率。基于此方案,该终端可以由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定该第一功率阈值,从而根据该第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,进而实现在侧链路中控制第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。 With reference to the second aspect and the foregoing possible implementation manners, in another possible implementation manner, the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate The maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate the power defined by the terminal when transmitting information using frequency division multiplexing. The maximum power of the terminal. Based on this solution, the terminal may determine the first power threshold by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , thereby determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first power threshold, m, and n In order to realize that the sum of the transmission power of the first transmission link and the second transmission link in the side link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种终端,该终端具有实现上述第一方面所述的方法和功能或上述第二方面所述的方法和功能。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a terminal having the method and function described in the first aspect or the method and function described in the second aspect. This function can be realized by hardware, and can also be realized by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
本申请实施例还提供了一种终端,包括:至少一个处理器、至少一个存储器以及通信接口,该通信接口、该至少一个存储器与该至少一个处理器耦合;终端通过该通信接口与其他设备通信,该至少一个存储器用于存储计算机程序,使得该计算机程序被该至少一个处理器执行时实现如第一方面及其各种可能的实现方式所述的侧链路功率控制方法,或第二方面及其各种可能的实现方式所述的侧链路功率控制方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a terminal, including: at least one processor, at least one memory, and a communication interface, the communication interface, the at least one memory, and the at least one processor are coupled; the terminal communicates with other devices through the communication interface , The at least one memory is used to store a computer program, so that when the computer program is executed by the at least one processor, the side link power control method described in the first aspect and various possible implementation manners thereof, or the second aspect is implemented And the side link power control method described in various possible implementation manners.
本申请实施例还提供了一种系统芯片,该系统芯片可以应用在终端中,该系统芯片包括:至少一个处理器,涉及的程序指令在该至少一个处理器中执行,以实现如第一方面及其各种可能的实现方式所述的侧链路功率控制方法,或第二方面及其各种可能的实现方式所述的侧链路功率控制方法。可选的,该系统芯片还可以包括至少一个存储器,该存储器存储有涉及的程序指令。An embodiment of the present application further provides a system chip, which can be applied to a terminal. The system chip includes: at least one processor, and related program instructions are executed in the at least one processor to implement the first aspect. And the side link power control method described in various possible implementations thereof, or the side link power control method described in the second aspect and various possible implementations thereof. Optionally, the system chip may further include at least one memory, and the memory stores related program instructions.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,如计算机非瞬态的可读存储介质。其上储存有计算机程序,当该计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面的任一种可能的方法或者第二方面的任一种可能的方法。例如,该计算机可以是至少一个存储节点。Embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium, such as a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. A computer program is stored thereon, and when the computer program is run on the computer, the computer is caused to execute any one of the possible methods of the first aspect or any possible method of the second aspect. For example, the computer may be at least one storage node.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得第一方面提供的任一方法或者第二方面提供的任一方法被执行。例如,该计算机可以是至少一个存储节点。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which when executed on a computer, causes any method provided in the first aspect or any method provided in the second aspect to be executed. For example, the computer may be at least one storage node.
可以理解的,上述提供的任一种终端、系统芯片、计算机可读存储介质或计算机程序产品等均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。It is understandable that any of the terminals, system chips, computer-readable storage media, or computer program products provided above are used to perform the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, for the beneficial effects that can be achieved, refer to the corresponding The beneficial effects of the method will not be repeated here.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
图1为本申请实施例提供的不同子载波间隔对应的符号长度示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of symbol lengths corresponding to different subcarrier intervals provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的NR网络FDD帧结构示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of an FDD frame structure of an NR network provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的NR网络TDD帧结构示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a TDD frame structure of an NR network provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的V2X通信示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of V2X communication provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的通信系统架构示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a communication system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的硬件结构示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的侧链路功率控制方法的流程示意图一;7 is a schematic flowchart 1 of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的侧链路功率控制方法的流程示意图二;8 is a second schematic flowchart of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9A为本申请实施例提供的侧链路功率控制方法的流程示意图三;9A is a third schematic flowchart of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9B为本申请实施例提供的侧链路功率控制方法的流程示意图四;9B is a fourth schematic flowchart of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的第一传输链路和第二传输链路发送的信息的时域示意图;10 is a time-domain schematic diagram of information sent by a first transmission link and a second transmission link provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的侧链路功率控制方法的流程示意图五;11 is a schematic flowchart 5 of a side link power control method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的终端的结构示意图一;12 is a schematic structural diagram 1 of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的终端的结构示意图二;13 is a second schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的终端的结构示意图三。FIG. 14 is a third structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
在新空口(New Radio Interface,NR)网络中,引入了多种子载波间隔,子载波间隔可以是15kHz*2^ n,其中,n的取值可以是-2、-1、0、1、2、3、4、5,因此,根据n的取值的不同,子载波间隔可以在3.75kHz至480kHz取值。不同的子载波间隔可以对应不同的符号长度、子帧长度和时隙长度,如图1所示,为子载波间隔分别为15kHz、30kHz和60kHz时对应的符号长度示意图。 In the New Radio Interface (NR) network, a variety of subcarrier intervals are introduced. The subcarrier interval can be 15kHz*2^ n , where the value of n can be -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 , 3, 4, and 5, therefore, depending on the value of n, the subcarrier spacing can take values from 3.75kHz to 480kHz. Different subcarrier intervals can correspond to different symbol lengths, subframe lengths, and time slot lengths. As shown in FIG. 1, it is a schematic diagram of the corresponding symbol lengths when the subcarrier intervals are 15 kHz, 30 kHz, and 60 kHz, respectively.
在NR网络中,一个时隙可以包括下行传输、保护间隔GP和上行传输中的至少一个。因此,一个时隙可以分为仅包含下行信号的时隙DL only slot、下行信号为主的时隙DL centric slot、上行信号为主的时隙UL centric slot和仅包含上行信号的时隙UL only slot。基站和终端可以采用时分双工(Time Division Duplexing,TDD)或者FDD的工作方式通信。若基站和终端采用FDD的工作方式通信,下行链路(Downlink,DL)和上行链路(Uplink,UL)可以同时工作在不同的载波上,如图2所示。若基站和终端采用TDD的工作方式通信,DL和UL可以工作在同一个载波上,如图3所示,其中,PUCCH是物理上行链路控制信道(Physical Uplink Control Channel)。若LTE网络和NR网络同时部署,终端可以通过LTE网络通信,也可以通过NR网络通信。In an NR network, one time slot may include at least one of downlink transmission, guard interval GP, and uplink transmission. Therefore, a time slot can be divided into a time slot containing only downlink signals DL only slot, a time slot mainly containing downlink signals DL central slot, a time slot mainly containing uplink signals UL central slot and a time slot containing only uplink signals UL only slot. The base station and the terminal can use Time Division Duplexing (TDD) or FDD to communicate. If the base station and the terminal communicate using FDD, the downlink (Downlink, DL) and uplink (Uplink, UL) can work on different carriers at the same time, as shown in FIG. 2. If the base station and the terminal communicate in TDD mode, DL and UL can work on the same carrier, as shown in Figure 3, where PUCCH is a physical uplink control channel (Physical Uplink Control Channel). If the LTE network and the NR network are deployed at the same time, the terminal can communicate through the LTE network or through the NR network.
对于LTE和NR双连接,若终端配置主小区组(Master Cell Group,MCG)使用LTE无线接入,辅小区组(Second Cell Group,SCG)使用NR无线接入,对于MCG传输,终端可以通过高层参数p-MaxEUTRA配置最大功率P LTE,对于SCG传输,终端可以通过高层参数p-NR配置最大功率P NR,终端可以使用P LTE作为MCG的发射功率的约束,终端可以使用P NR作为SCG的发射功率的约束。终端通过LTE网络的最大发射功率应当小于等于P LTE,终端通过NR网络的最大发射功率应当小于等于P NR。若终端有LTE网络和NR网络动态功率共享的能力,基站和终端既可以采用TDD的工作方式通信,也可以采用FDD的工作方式通信;若终端没有LTE网络和NR网络动态功率共享的能力,基站和终端可以采用TDD的工作方式通信。 For LTE and NR dual connection, if the terminal is configured with a Master Cell Group (MCG) using LTE wireless access and a Secondary Cell Group (SCG) using NR wireless access, for MCG transmission, the terminal can pass the high-level The parameter p-MaxEUTRA configures the maximum power P LTE . For SCG transmission, the terminal can configure the maximum power P NR through the high-level parameter p- NR . The terminal can use P LTE as the MCG transmission power constraint. The terminal can use P NR as the SCG transmission. Power constraints. The maximum transmission power of the terminal through the LTE network should be less than or equal to P LTE , and the maximum transmission power of the terminal through the NR network should be less than or equal to P NR . If the terminal has the capability of dynamic power sharing between the LTE network and the NR network, the base station and the terminal can communicate in both TDD working mode and FDD working mode; if the terminal does not have the dynamic power sharing capability of the LTE network and NR network, the base station And the terminal can use TDD working mode to communicate.
当终端采用FDD的工作方式发送上行信号时,终端通过MCG发送的信息与终端通过SCG发送的信息在时域上重叠,且终端通过MCG发送信息的功率以及终端通过SCG发送信息的功率之和超过终端的最大功率限制,可以降低终端通过SCG发送信息的功率,以使得终端通过MCG发送信息的功率以及终端通过SCG发送信息的功率之 和不超过终端的最大功率限制。When the terminal uses the FDD working mode to send uplink signals, the information sent by the terminal through the MCG and the information sent by the terminal through the SCG overlap in the time domain, and the sum of the power of the terminal to send information through the MCG and the power of the terminal to send information through the SCG exceeds The maximum power limit of the terminal can reduce the power of the terminal sending information through the SCG, so that the sum of the power of the terminal sending information through the MCG and the power of the terminal sending information through the SCG does not exceed the maximum power limit of the terminal.
在《第三代合作伙伴计划》的Rel-14、Rel-15和Rel-16版本中,车联网(Vehicle to Everything,V2X)作为终端直通(Device to Device,D2D)技术的一个主要应用顺利立项。V2X是针对侧链路的通信。V2X将在现有D2D技术的基础上对V2X的具体应用需求进行优化,进一步减少V2X设备的接入时延,解决资源冲突问题。如图4所示,V2X可以包括车与车通信(Vehicle to Vehicle,V2V)、车与人通信(Vehicle to Pedestrian,V2P)以及车与基础设施通信(Vehicle to Infrastructure,V2I)。其中,V2I还包括车与基站或网络的通信(Vehicle to Network,V2N),基础设施包括终端类型的基础设施和基站类型的基础设施,终端类型的基础设施部署在路边,处于非移动状态,不考虑移动性;基站类基础设施可以给与之通信的车辆提供定时同步即资源调度。In the Rel-14, Rel-15 and Rel-16 versions of the "Third Generation Partnership Project", the Internet of Vehicles (V2X) as a major application of Device Through to Device (D2D) technology was successfully established . V2X is for side link communications. V2X will optimize the specific application requirements of V2X based on the existing D2D technology, further reduce the access delay of V2X equipment, and solve the resource conflict problem. As shown in FIG. 4, V2X may include vehicle-to-vehicle communication (V2V), vehicle-to-person communication (Vehicle to Pedestrian, V2P), and vehicle-to-infrastructure communication (Vehicle to Infrastructure) (V2I). Among them, V2I also includes the communication between vehicles and base stations or networks (Vehicle to Network, V2N). Infrastructure includes terminal-type infrastructure and base station-type infrastructure. Terminal-type infrastructure is deployed on the roadside and is in a non-mobile state. Mobility is not considered; base station infrastructure can provide timing synchronization, or resource scheduling, to the vehicles it communicates with.
对于终端在上行链路和侧链路同时发送信息时,终端可以通过侧链路传输的侧链路控制信息(Sidelink control information,SCI)的“priority”字段的值,与高层配置的阈值比较,从而确定优先发送上行链路上的信息还是侧链路上的信息。When the terminal sends information on the uplink and the side link at the same time, the value of the "priority" field of the side link control information (Sidelink control information, SCI) that the terminal can transmit through the side link is compared with the threshold configured by the upper layer. Thereby, it is determined whether the information on the uplink or the side link is preferentially transmitted.
例如,若侧链路信息和上行链路信息都在共享载波频谱传输,终端可以通过SCI指示侧链路数据包优先级(ProSe Per-Packet Priority,PPPP)的等级,若PPPP的等级大于预设的PPPP门限值,终端可以不传输上行链路信息,优先传输侧链路信息;若PPPP的等级小于等于预设的PPPP门限值,终端可以不传输侧链路信息,优先传输上行链路信息。For example, if both the side link information and the uplink information are transmitted on the shared carrier spectrum, the terminal can indicate the level of the side link packet priority (ProSe Per-Packet Priority, PPPP) through SCI. If the level of PPPP is greater than the preset PPPP threshold value, the terminal may not transmit uplink information and preferentially transmit side link information; if the PPPP level is less than or equal to the preset PPPP threshold, the terminal may not transmit side link information and preferentially transmit uplink information.
又例如,若侧链路信息在专用载波频谱传输,终端可以通过SCI指示PPPP等级,若PPPP等级大于预设的PPPP门限值,终端可以不传输上行链路信息或缩减上行链路的发射功率,优先传输侧链路信息;若PPPP的等级小于等于预设的PPPP门限值,终端可以不传输侧链路信息或缩减侧链路的发射功率,优先传输上行链路信息。For another example, if the side link information is transmitted in the dedicated carrier spectrum, the terminal may indicate the PPPP level through SCI. If the PPPP level is greater than the preset PPPP threshold, the terminal may not transmit uplink information or reduce the uplink transmit power , Prioritize the transmission of side link information; if the PPPP level is less than or equal to the preset PPPP threshold, the terminal may not transmit side link information or reduce the transmission power of the side link and preferentially transmit uplink information.
上述内容主要介绍了LTE网络和NR网络同时部署时,上行链路的功率控制方法以及终端在上行链路和侧链路同时发送信息时的功率控制方法。基于此,本申请提供了一种侧链路功率控制方法及终端,给出终端通过第一传输链路和第二传输链路发送信息的功率共享方法,可以控制终端通过第一传输链路和第二传输链路的发射功率之和不超过终端的最大发射功率。The above content mainly introduces the uplink power control method when the LTE network and the NR network are deployed at the same time, and the power control method when the terminal transmits information simultaneously on the uplink and the side link. Based on this, the present application provides a side link power control method and terminal, and provides a power sharing method for the terminal to send information through the first transmission link and the second transmission link, which can control the terminal through the first transmission link and The sum of the transmission power of the second transmission link does not exceed the maximum transmission power of the terminal.
如图5所示,为本申请实施例提供的通信系统500的架构示意图。图5中,通信系统500包括基站501~基站502、终端503~终端505。As shown in FIG. 5, it is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system 500 provided by an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 5, the communication system 500 includes base stations 501 to 502 and terminals 503 to 505.
基站501~基站502用于为终端503~终端505提供无线接入服务。具体来说,每个基站都对应一个服务覆盖区域(又可称为蜂窝,如图5中各椭圆区域所示),进入该区域的终端设备可通过无线信号与基站通信,以此来接受基站提供的无线接入服务。基站的服务覆盖区域之间可能存在交叠,处于交叠区域内的终端可以收到来自多个基站的无线信号,因此可以同时由多个基站为该终端设备提供服务。例如,多个基站可以采用多点协作(coordinated multipoint,CoMP)技术为处于上述交叠区域的终端设备提供服务。例如,如图5所示,基站501与基站502的服务覆盖区域存在交叠,终端503便处于该交叠区域之内,因此,基站501和基站502可以同时为终端503提供服务,终端503可以通过基站501提供的网络与终端504通信,终端503还可以通过 基站502提供的网络与终端505通信。The base stations 501 to 502 are used to provide wireless access services for the terminals 503 to 505. Specifically, each base station corresponds to a service coverage area (also called a cell, as shown by the elliptical areas in FIG. 5), and terminal devices entering this area can communicate with the base station through wireless signals to accept the base station Provide wireless access services. There may be overlap between the service coverage areas of the base stations, and terminals in the overlap area may receive wireless signals from multiple base stations, so multiple base stations may provide services to the terminal device at the same time. For example, multiple base stations may use coordinated multipoint (CoMP) technology to provide services for terminal devices in the overlapping area. For example, as shown in FIG. 5, the service coverage areas of the base station 501 and the base station 502 overlap, and the terminal 503 is within the overlapped area. Therefore, the base station 501 and the base station 502 can simultaneously serve the terminal 503, and the terminal 503 can The network provided by the base station 501 communicates with the terminal 504, and the terminal 503 can also communicate with the terminal 505 through the network provided by the base station 502.
基站可以是长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)中的eNB或eNodeB(evolutional NodeB)。基站还可以是新空口(New Radio Interface,NR)中的网络设备或未来演进网络中的网络设备。The base station may be an eNB in Long Term Evolution (LTE) or an eNodeB (evolutional NodeB). The base station may also be a network device in a New Radio Interface (NR) or a network device in a future evolution network.
终端可以是便携式计算机(如手机)、笔记本电脑、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、可穿戴电子设备(如智能手表)、平板电脑、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)/虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、车辆、车载模组、车载电脑、车载芯片、车载通信系统、工业控制中的无线终端等。The terminal may be a portable computer (such as a mobile phone), a notebook computer, a personal computer (PC), a wearable electronic device (such as a smart watch), a tablet computer, augmented reality (augmented reality (AR)/virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, vehicles, car modules, car computers, car chips, car communication systems, wireless terminals in industrial control, etc.
应注意,图5所示的通信系统500仅用于举例,并非用于限制本申请的技术方案。本领域的技术人员应当明白,在具体实现过程中,通信系统500还包括其他设备,同时也可根据具体需要来配置基站和终端设备的数量。It should be noted that the communication system 500 shown in FIG. 5 is only used for examples, and is not intended to limit the technical solutions of the present application. Those skilled in the art should understand that in the specific implementation process, the communication system 500 also includes other devices, and at the same time, the number of base stations and terminal devices can also be configured according to specific needs.
可选的,本申请实施例图5中的各网元(例如:基站501和终端503)可以由一个设备实现,也可以由多个设备共同实现,还可以是一个设备内的一个功能模块,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。可以理解的是,上述功能既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。Optionally, each network element in FIG. 5 (for example, the base station 501 and the terminal 503) in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by one device, or may be implemented by multiple devices together, or may be a functional module within a device. This embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit this. It can be understood that the above function may be a network element in a hardware device, or a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform).
例如,本申请实施例图5中的各网元可以通过图6中的通信设备来实现。图6所示为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的硬件结构示意图。该通信设备600包括处理器601,通信线路602,存储器603以及至少一个通信接口604(图6中仅是示例性的以包括通信接口604为例进行说明)。For example, in the embodiment of the present application, each network element in FIG. 5 may be implemented by the communication device in FIG. 6. FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 600 includes a processor 601, a communication line 602, a memory 603, and at least one communication interface 604 (only an example in FIG. 6 is explained by including the communication interface 604).
处理器601可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 601 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more used to control the execution of the program program of the present application integrated circuit.
通信线路602可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The communication line 602 may include a path to transfer information between the above components.
通信接口604,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。 Communication interface 604, using any device such as a transceiver, for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, wireless access network (RAN), wireless local area network (WLAN), etc. .
存储器603可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)The memory 603 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (random access memory, RAM)
或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路602与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。Or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable-read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc-read-only memory (CD- ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store forms with instructions or data structures The desired program code and any other media that can be accessed by the computer, but not limited to this. The memory may exist independently and be connected to the processor through the communication line 602. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器603用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器601来控制执行。处理器601用于执行存储器603中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请下述实施例提供的侧链路功率控制方法。The memory 603 is used to store computer execution instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 601 controls execution. The processor 601 is used to execute computer execution instructions stored in the memory 603, so as to implement the side link power control method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer execution instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be called application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器601可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图6中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 601 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 6.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信设备600可以包括多个处理器,例如图6中的处理器601和处理器605。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 600 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 601 and the processor 605 in FIG. 6. Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor herein may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (eg, computer program instructions).
下面将结合图5至图6对本申请实施例提供的侧链路功率控制方法进行具体阐述。The side link power control method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be specifically described below with reference to FIGS. 5 to 6.
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the name of the message between the network elements or the name of each parameter in the message in the following embodiments of the present application is just an example, and other names may be used in the specific implementation, which is not specified in the embodiments of the present application. limited.
如图7所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种侧链路功率控制方法,应用于终端,该侧链路功率控制方法包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 7, a side link power control method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal. The side link power control method includes the following steps:
步骤701、获取第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率。Step 701: Obtain a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power.
该第一最大发射功率是终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最大发射功率,该第二最大发射功率是该终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最大发射功率。The first maximum transmission power is the maximum transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second maximum transmission power is the maximum transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
可选的,该第一最大发射功率P CMAX1的取值范围可以是P CMAXL1≤P CMAX1≤P CMAXH1,P CMAXL1=Min{P EMAX-ΔT C,P PowerClass-Max(MPR+AMPR+ΔT IB+ΔT C+ΔT ProSe,PMPR),P Regulatory},P CMAXH1=Min{P EMAX,P PowerClass,P Regulatory},该第二最大发射功率P CMAX2的取值范围可以是PCMAXL1≤P CMAX2≤PCMAXH1,PCMAXL1=Min{P EMAX-Δ,P PowerClass-Δ,P Regulatory},PCMAXH1=Min{P EMAX,P PowerClass,P Regulatory},其中,P EMAX用于表示无线资源控制RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,MPR用于表示功率回退参数,AMPR用于表示额外功率回退参数,PMPR用于表示特定情况下的功率回退,P Regulatory用于表示车与车通信V2X终端的功率参数,ΔT C、ΔT IB、ΔT ProSe和Δ是范围调整参数。该终端可以在第一最大发射功率的取值范围内选择该第一最大发射功率的值,终端可以在第二最大发射功率的取值范围内选择该第二最大发射功率的值。需要说明的是,若第一传输链路和第二传输链路在同一个子带上传输,考虑到干扰的因素,第一传输链路和第二传输链路还需要考虑额外的AMPR。 Optionally, the value range of the first maximum transmit power P CMAX1 may be P CMAXL1 ≤P CMAX1 ≤P CMAXH1 , P CMAXL1 =Min{P EMAX -ΔT C ,P PowerClass -Max(MPR+AMPR+ΔT IB + ΔT C +ΔT ProSe , PMPR), P Regulatory }, P CMAXH1 = Min{P EMAX , P PowerClass , P Regulatory }, the value range of the second maximum transmit power P CMAX2 may be PCMAXL1≤P CMAX2 ≤PCMAXH1, PCMAXL1 =Min{P EMAX -Δ, P PowerClass -Δ, P Regulatory }, PCMAXH1=Min{P EMAX , P PowerClass , P Regulatory }, where P EMAX is used to indicate the radio resource control RRC signaling configuration allowed by the terminal Maximum power, P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, MPR is used to indicate the power back-off parameter, AMPR is used to indicate the additional power back-off parameter, and PMPR is used to indicate the power back-off under specific conditions Back, P Regulatory is used to represent the power parameters of the V2X terminal of vehicle-to-vehicle communication, ΔT C , ΔT IB , ΔT ProSe and Δ are the range adjustment parameters. The terminal may select the value of the first maximum transmission power within the range of the first maximum transmission power, and the terminal may select the value of the second maximum transmission power within the range of the second maximum transmission power. It should be noted that, if the first transmission link and the second transmission link are transmitted on the same subband, considering the interference factor, the first transmission link and the second transmission link also need to consider additional AMPR.
可选的,在步骤701之前,该侧链路功率控制方法还可以包括:获取第一初始功率和第二初始功率,该第一初始功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,该第二初始功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。其中,该第一传输链路可以是LTE的侧链路,该第二传输链路可以是NR的侧链路;或者,该第一传输链路可以是NR的侧链路,该第二传输链路可以是LTE的侧 链路。本领域技术人员可以理解,该第一传输链路和该第二传输链路还可以是其他形式的链路,本申请不对第一传输链路和第二传输链路的具体形式进行限定。Optionally, before step 701, the side link power control method may further include: acquiring a first initial power and a second initial power, where the first initial power is the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link , The second initial power is the initial transmit power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link. Wherein, the first transmission link may be a side link of LTE, and the second transmission link may be a side link of NR; or, the first transmission link may be a side link of NR, the second transmission The link may be a side link of LTE. Those skilled in the art may understand that the first transmission link and the second transmission link may also be other forms of links, and the specific forms of the first transmission link and the second transmission link are not limited in this application.
可选的,该第一初始功率可以是第一基站配置的,该第一基站是该第一传输链路的基站;该第二初始功率可以是第二基站配置的,该第二基站是该第二传输链路的基站。Optionally, the first initial power may be configured by the first base station, the first base station is the base station of the first transmission link; the second initial power may be configured by the second base station, the second base station is the The base station of the second transmission link.
可选的,该第一最大发射功率小于等于第一初始功率,该第二最大发射功率小于等于第二初始功率。Optionally, the first maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the first initial power, and the second maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the second initial power.
可选的,第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率还可以根据第一初始功率和第二初始功率确定。例如,第一最大发射功率P CMAX1的取值范围还可以是P CMAXL2≤P CMAX1≤P CMAXH2,P CMAXL2=Min{P EMAX-ΔT C,P PowerClass-Max(MPR+AMPR+ΔT IB+ΔT C+ΔT ProSe,PMPR),P 1-ΔT C,P Regulatory},P CMAXH2=Min{P EMAX,P PowerClass,P Regulatory,P 1},该第二最大发射功率P CMAX2的取值范围还可以是PCMAXL2≤P CMAX2≤PCMAXH2,PCMAXL2=Min{P EMAX-Δ,P PowerClass-Δ,P 2-Δ,P Regulatory},PCMAXH2=Min{P EMAX,P PowerClass,P Regulatory,P 2},其中,P 1用于表示第一初始功率,P 2用于表示第二初始功率。P 1可以是LTE网络的基站为终端配置并发送给终端的,P 2可以是NR网络的基站为终端配置并发送给终端的。该终端可以在第一最大发射功率的取值范围内选择该第一最大发射功率的值,终端可以在第二最大发射功率的取值范围内选择该第二最大发射功率的值。需要说明的是,若第一传输链路和第二传输链路在同一个子带上传输,考虑到干扰的因素,第一传输链路和第二传输链路还需要考虑额外的AMPR。 Optionally, the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power may also be determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power. For example, the value range of the first maximum transmit power P CMAX1 may also be P CMAXL2 ≤P CMAX1 ≤P CMAXH2 , P CMAXL2 =Min{P EMAX -ΔT C ,P PowerClass -Max(MPR+AMPR+ΔT IB +ΔT C + ΔT ProSe, PMPR), P 1 -ΔT C, P Regulatory}, P CMAXH2 = Min {P EMAX, P PowerClass, P Regulatory, P 1}, the second maximum transmission power P CMAX2 ranges may also be PCMAXL2≤P CMAX2 ≤PCMAXH2, PCMAXL2=Min{P EMAX -Δ, P PowerClass -Δ, P 2 -Δ, P Regulatory }, PCMAXH2=Min{P EMAX , P PowerClass , P Regulatory , P 2 }, where, P 1 is used to represent the first initial power, and P 2 is used to represent the second initial power. P 1 may be configured by the base station of the LTE network and sent to the terminal, and P 2 may be configured by the base station of the NR network and sent to the terminal. The terminal may select the value of the first maximum transmission power within the range of the first maximum transmission power, and the terminal may select the value of the second maximum transmission power within the range of the second maximum transmission power. It should be noted that, if the first transmission link and the second transmission link are transmitted on the same subband, considering the interference factor, the first transmission link and the second transmission link also need to consider additional AMPR.
步骤702、若该终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,根据该第一最大发射功率和该第二最大发射功率计算第一实际功率和第二实际功率。Step 702: If the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, according to the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power Calculate the first actual power and the second actual power.
该第一实际功率是该终端使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的实际功率,该第二实际功率是该终端使用频分复用的方式通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的实际功率。The first actual power is the actual power that the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the second actual power is the terminal that uses frequency division multiplexing through the second transmission link The actual power to send the second message.
可选的,该终端可以通过第一传输链路高层配置的参数,传输带宽,路径损耗以及一些功率调整信息计算出第一中间功率,并将该第一中间功率与第一最大发射功率比较得到第一实际功率,例如,可以将第一中间功率和第一最大发射功率中的最小值确定为第一实际功率;该终端可以通过第二传输链路高层配置的参数,传输带宽,路径损耗以及一些功率调整信息计算出第二中间功率,并将该第二中间功率与第二最大发射功率比较得到第二实际功率,例如,可以将第二中间功率和第二最大发射功率中的最小值确定为第二实际功率。Optionally, the terminal may calculate the first intermediate power through parameters configured by the upper layer of the first transmission link, transmission bandwidth, path loss, and some power adjustment information, and compare the first intermediate power with the first maximum transmit power The first actual power, for example, the minimum value between the first intermediate power and the first maximum transmit power may be determined as the first actual power; the terminal may use the parameters configured by the upper layer of the second transmission link, transmission bandwidth, path loss, and Some power adjustment information calculates the second intermediate power, and compares the second intermediate power with the second maximum transmit power to obtain the second actual power. For example, the minimum value of the second intermediate power and the second maximum transmit power can be determined Is the second actual power.
可选的,若第一初始功率和第二初始功率之和大于第二功率阈值,该终端可以确 定使用时分复用、码分复用或者频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。其中,该第二功率阈值可以由P PowerClass和/或P EMAX确定,例如,该终端可以确定P PowerClass和P EMAX中的最小值为第二功率阈值。其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示无线资源控制RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率。 Optionally, if the sum of the first initial power and the second initial power is greater than the second power threshold, the terminal may determine to use time division multiplexing, code division multiplexing, or frequency division multiplexing to send the first One message, the second message is sent through the second transmission link. The second power threshold may be determined by P PowerClass and/or P EMAX . For example, the terminal may determine that the minimum value of P PowerClass and P EMAX is the second power threshold. Among them, P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by radio resource control RRC signaling.
需要说明的是,第一基站、第二基站或者终端可以配置该终端使用的复用模式,例如:时分复用模式、码分复用模式或者频分复用模式。该第一基站是第一传输链路的基站,该第二基站是第二传输链路的基站。It should be noted that the first base station, the second base station, or the terminal may configure the multiplexing mode used by the terminal, for example, time division multiplexing mode, code division multiplexing mode, or frequency division multiplexing mode. The first base station is a base station of a first transmission link, and the second base station is a base station of a second transmission link.
具体的,若该终端确定使用时分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,该终端可以使用第一实际功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,可以使用第二实际功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。Specifically, if the terminal determines to use time division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, the terminal may use the first actual power to send through the first transmission link The first information may use the second actual power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
具体的,若该终端确定使用码分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,该终端可以使用第一实际功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,可以使用第二实际功率通过第二传输链路采用与第一信息正交的方式发送第二信息,该正交可以是序列的正交、信息的正交或者其他正交方式。Specifically, if the terminal determines to use code division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, the terminal may use the first actual power to pass through the first transmission link To send the first information, the second actual power may be used to send the second information through the second transmission link in an orthogonal manner to the first information. The orthogonality may be the orthogonality of the sequence, the orthogonality of the information, or other orthogonal manners .
步骤703、若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率。Step 703: If the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, determine the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power.
该第一最终功率是该终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最终发射功率,该第二最终功率是该终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最终发射功率。The first final power is the final transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second final power is the final transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
可选的,该第一功率阈值可以由P PowerClass、P EMAX或P FDM中的至少一个确定,该第一功率阈值可以与该第二功率阈值相同,也可以不同。例如,该终端可以确定P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的最小值为该第一功率阈值,其中,P FDM用于表示该终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的该终端的最大功率。 Optionally, the first power threshold may be determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, or P FDM , and the first power threshold may be the same as or different from the second power threshold. For example, the terminal may determine the minimum value of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM as the first power threshold, where P FDM is used to indicate the maximum value of the terminal defined when the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send information power.
具体的,若该终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,且第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,该终端可以根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率。Specifically, if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, and the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the second A power threshold, the terminal may determine the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power.
在一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,包括:降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定降低后的第二实际功率为第二最终功率。In a possible implementation, determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes: reducing the second actual power, so that the first actual power and the reduced The sum of the second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; it is determined that the first actual power is the first final power; and the reduced second actual power is determined as the second final power.
进一步地,如图8所示,该侧链路功率控制方法还包括步骤804-步骤807。Further, as shown in FIG. 8, the side link power control method further includes steps 804 to 807.
步骤804、获取第一参数,该第一参数是根据服务质量QoS确定的参数。Step 804: Obtain a first parameter, which is a parameter determined according to the quality of service QoS.
需要说明的是,该第一参数可以是多种类型的参数,例如,该第一参数可以是PPPP的等级,又例如,该第一参数可以是第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的值,再例如,该第一参数还可以是5G QoS指示(5G QoS Indicator,5QI)参数集合的索引。It should be noted that the first parameter may be various types of parameters, for example, the first parameter may be a PPPP level, and for example, the first parameter may be comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to 5G QoS characteristic parameters For another example, the first parameter may also be an index of a 5G QoS indicator (5G QoS Indicator, 5QI) parameter set.
若该第一参数是PPPP等级,该终端可以通过SCI指示该第一参数。该终端预存储有该第一参数、该第一参数对应的k个优先级等级以及该k个优先级等级对应的k个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给该第一参数划分k个优 先级等级,并给该第一参数的k个优先级等级预配置k个参数阈值;或者,该终端可以给该第一参数划分k个优先级等级,第二基站可以通过高层信令给该第一参数的k个优先级等级配置k个参数阈值,其中,该第二基站可以是第二传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。If the first parameter is a PPPP level, the terminal may indicate the first parameter through SCI. The terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter, k priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and k parameter thresholds corresponding to the k priority levels. In a specific implementation, the terminal may divide the first parameter into k priority levels, and pre-configure k parameter thresholds for the k priority levels of the first parameter; or, the terminal may give the first parameter a threshold The parameters are divided into k priority levels, and the second base station may configure k parameter thresholds for the k priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be a base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
如表1所示,示出了该第一参数、该第一参数对应的4个优先级等级以及该4个优先级等级对应的4个参数阈值的对应关系。其中,PPPP1和PPPP2对应于优先级等级1,PPPP3和PPPP4对应于优先级等级2,PPPP5和PPPP6对应于优先级等级3,PPPP7和PPPP8对应于优先级等级4。优先级等级1对应的阈值是K 1dB,优先级等级2对应的阈值是K 2dB,优先级等级3对应的阈值是K 3dB,优先级等级4对应的阈值是K 4dB。 As shown in Table 1, the correspondence between the first parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown. Among them, PPPP1 and PPPP2 correspond to priority level 1, PPPP3 and PPPP4 correspond to priority level 2, PPPP5 and PPPP6 correspond to priority level 3, and PPPP7 and PPPP8 correspond to priority level 4. The threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is K 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is K 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is K 3 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is K 4 dB.
表1Table 1
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000001
若该第一参数是第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的值,该第二基站可以将根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第一参数发送给该终端,该5G QoS特征参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:资源类型resource type、优先级priority level、数据包时延预算(packet delay budget,PDB)、数据包丢包率(packet error rate,PER)、平均窗averaging window、最大数据突发量(maximum data burst volume,MDBV)以及最小需求通信范围minimum required communication range。该终端预存储有该第一参数、该第一参数对应的j个优先级等级以及该j个优先级等级对应的j个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给该第一参数划分j个优先级等级,并给该第一参数的j个优先级等级预配置j个参数阈值;或者,该终端可以给该第一参数划分j个优先级等级,第二基站可以通过高层信令给该第一参数的j个优先级等级配置j个参数阈值,其中,该第二基站可以是第二传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。If the first parameter is a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter, the second base station may send the first parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal. The 5G QoS characteristic parameter includes the following At least one of the parameters: resource type resource type, priority priority level, packet delay budget (packet delay budget (PDB), packet loss rate (packet error (PER), average window averaging window, maximum data burst The volume of data (maximum data burst volume, MDBV) and the minimum required communication range minimum communication required range. The terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter, j priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and j parameter thresholds corresponding to the j priority levels. In a specific implementation, the terminal may divide the first parameter into j priority levels, and pre-configure j parameter thresholds for the j priority levels of the first parameter; or, the terminal may give the first parameter The parameters are divided into j priority levels, and the second base station may configure j parameter thresholds for the j priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be the base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
如表2所示,示出了该第一参数、该第一参数对应的4个优先级等级以及该4个优先级等级对应的4个参数阈值的对应关系。其中,1和2对应于优先级等级1,3和4对应于优先级等级2,5和6对应于优先级等级3,7和8对应于优先级等级4。优先级等级1对应的阈值是J 1dB,优先级等级2对应的阈值是J 2dB,优先级等级3对应的阈值是J 3dB,优先级等级4对应的阈值是J 4dB。 As shown in Table 2, the correspondence between the first parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown. Among them, 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1, 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2, 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3, and 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4. The threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is J 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is J 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is J 3 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is J 4 dB.
表2Table 2
优先级等级1 Priority level 1 优先级等级2 Priority level 2 优先级等级3 Priority level 3 优先级等级4Priority level 4
1,21, 2 3,43, 4 5,65, 6 7,87, 8
J 1dB J 1 dB J 2dB J 2 dB J 3dB J 3 dB J 4dB J 4 dB
若该第一参数是5QI参数集合的索引,该终端可以将5QI参数划分为q个集合,并给每个5QI参数集合分配一个索引号,每个5QI参数集合可以包括一定数量的5QI参数,例如,索引号为1的5QI参数集合包括的5QI参数为{1、2、3、4、5},索引号 为2的5QI参数集合包括的5QI参数为{65、66、67、68、69}。该终端可以通过SCI指示该第一参数。该终端预存储有该第一参数、该第一参数对应的q个优先级等级以及该q个优先级等级对应的q个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给该第一参数的q个优先级等级预配置q个参数阈值;或者,第二基站可以通过高层信令给该第一参数的q个优先级等级配置q个参数阈值,其中,该第二基站可以是第二传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。If the first parameter is the index of the 5QI parameter set, the terminal may divide the 5QI parameter into q sets and assign an index number to each 5QI parameter set. Each 5QI parameter set may include a certain number of 5QI parameters, for example , The 5QI parameter set with index number 1 includes 5QI parameters {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, and the 5QI parameter set with index number 2 includes 5QI parameters {65, 66, 67, 68, 69} . The terminal may indicate the first parameter through SCI. The terminal pre-stores a correspondence between the first parameter, q priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and q parameter thresholds corresponding to the q priority levels. In a specific implementation manner, the terminal may pre-configure q parameter thresholds for the q priority levels of the first parameter; or, the second base station may configure the q priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling q parameter thresholds, where the second base station may be a base station of a second transmission link, and the high-layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
如表3所示,示出了该第一参数、该第一参数对应的6个优先级等级以及该6个优先级等级对应的6个参数阈值的对应关系。其中,优先级等级1对应的阈值是Q 1dB,优先级等级2对应的阈值是Q 2dB,优先级等级3对应的阈值是Q 3dB,优先级等级4对应的阈值是Q 4dB,优先级等级5对应的阈值是Q 5dB,优先级等级6对应的阈值是Q 6dB。 As shown in Table 3, the correspondence between the first parameter, the six priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the six parameter thresholds corresponding to the six priority levels are shown. Among them, the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is Q 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is Q 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is Q 3 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is Q 4 dB, The threshold corresponding to priority level 5 is Q 5 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 6 is Q 6 dB.
表3table 3
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000002
步骤805、获取该第一参数对应的第一优先级等级。Step 805: Obtain the first priority level corresponding to the first parameter.
步骤806、获取第一差值。Step 806: Obtain the first difference.
需要说明的是,该第一差值可以是多种类型的差值,例如,该第一差值可以是该第二实际功率和该第二最终功率之差,又例如,该第一差值也可以是第一传输链路的功率谱密度(power spectral density,PSD)和第二传输链路的PSD之差。It should be noted that the first difference may be various types of differences, for example, the first difference may be the difference between the second actual power and the second final power, and for example, the first difference It may also be the difference between the power spectral density (PSD) of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link.
可选的,若第一差值是第一传输链路的PSD和第二传输链路的PSD之差,在步骤806前还包括:获取第一传输链路的PSD和第二传输链路的PSD。Optionally, if the first difference is the difference between the PSD of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link, before step 806, the method further includes: acquiring the PSD of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link PSD.
可选的,该终端可以根据第一传输链路的高层配置情况,链路信道状态信息,功率调整信息等获取第一传输链路的PSD;该终端可以根据第二传输链路的高层配置情况,链路信道状态信息,功率调整信息等获取第二传输链路的PSD。Optionally, the terminal may obtain the PSD of the first transmission link according to the high-level configuration of the first transmission link, link channel state information, power adjustment information, etc.; the terminal may according to the high-level configuration of the second transmission link , Link channel state information, power adjustment information, etc. to obtain the PSD of the second transmission link.
步骤807、若该第一差值大于等于第一优先级等级对应的第一参数阈值,该终端停止发送该第二信息。Step 807: If the first difference is greater than or equal to the first parameter threshold corresponding to the first priority level, the terminal stops sending the second information.
该第一参数阈值是该终端预设的参数阈值的或者是高层信令配置的参数阈值,该高层信令是系统信息块SIB信令、主信息块MIB信令或者无线资源控制RRC信令。The first parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by higher layer signaling. The high layer signaling is system information block SIB signaling, master information block MIB signaling, or radio resource control RRC signaling.
需要说明的是,该终端停止发送该第二信息用于表示该终端在没有发送第二信息前就停止发送该第二信息,即该终端不发送该第二信息。It should be noted that the terminal stops sending the second information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the second information before sending the second information, that is, the terminal does not send the second information.
示例性的,若该终端获取的第一参数是PPPP3,根据表1,PPPP3对应的第一优先级等级是优先级等级2,优先级等级2对应的第一参数阈值是K 2dB,若第一差值大于或者等于K 2dB,该终端停止发送该第二信息,即该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,且该终端不发送该第二信息;若第一差值小于K 2dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the first parameter acquired by the terminal is PPPP3, according to Table 1, the first priority level corresponding to PPPP3 is priority level 2, and the threshold value of the first parameter corresponding to priority level 2 is K 2 dB. A difference is greater than or equal to K 2 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not send the second information; if the first A difference is less than K 2 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
示例性的,若第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第一参数是5,根据表 2,5对应的第一优先级等级是优先级等级3,优先级等级3对应的第一参数阈值是J 3dB,若第一差值大于或者等于J 3dB,该终端停止发送该第二信息,即该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,且该终端不发送该第二信息;若第一差值小于J 3dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the first parameter comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter is 5, according to Table 2, the first priority level corresponding to 5 is priority level 3, and the first parameter corresponding to priority level 3 The threshold is J 3 dB. If the first difference is greater than or equal to J 3 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not Sending the second information; if the first difference is less than J 3 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
示例性的,若该终端获取的第一参数是2,根据表3,2对应的第一优先级等级是优先级等级2,优先级等级2对应的第一参数阈值是Q 2dB,若第一差值大于或者等于Q 2dB,该终端停止发送该第二信息,即该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,且该终端不发送该第二信息;若第一差值小于Q 2dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the first parameter acquired by the terminal is 2, according to Table 3, the first priority level corresponding to 2 is priority level 2, and the threshold value of the first parameter corresponding to priority level 2 is Q 2 dB. A difference is greater than or equal to Q 2 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not send the second information; if the first A difference is less than Q 2 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,包括:若该终端通过该第二传输链路发送的第二信息在时域上先于该终端通过该第一传输链路发送的第一信息,降低第一实际功率,以使得降低后的第一实际功率和第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定降低后的第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定第二实际功率为第二最终功率;或者,若该终端通过该第一传输链路发送的第一信息在时域上先于该终端通过该第二传输链路发送的第二信息,降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定降低后的第二实际功率为第二最终功率。In another possible implementation manner, determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes: if the terminal sends the second information through the second transmission link Reduce the first actual power prior to the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link in the time domain, so that the sum of the reduced first actual power and second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; It is determined that the reduced first actual power is the first final power; the second actual power is determined to be the second final power; or, if the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link is ahead of the terminal in the time domain The second information sent through the second transmission link reduces the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; it is determined that the first actual power is the first Final power; it is determined that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
进一步地,如图9A和图9B所示,该侧链路功率控制方法还包括步骤908-步骤910或者步骤911-步骤914。Further, as shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B, the side link power control method further includes steps 908-step 910 or steps 911-step 914.
步骤908、获取该终端的第二优先级等级。Step 908: Acquire the second priority level of the terminal.
该第二优先级等级是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送的第一信息的优先级等级。该第二优先级等级是根据QoS确定的优先级等级。The second priority level is the priority level of the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link. The second priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS.
示例性的,该终端的第二优先级等级可以是PPPP等级,该终端可以通过SCI指示该第二优先级等级。该终端预存储有p个第一信息的优先级等级以及p个第一信息的优先级等级对应的p个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给p个第一信息的优先级等级配置p个参数阈值;或者,第一基站可以通过高层信令给p个第一信息的优先级等级配置p个参数阈值,其中,该第一基站可以是第一传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。Exemplarily, the second priority level of the terminal may be a PPPP level, and the terminal may indicate the second priority level through SCI. The terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the priority levels of the p first information and the p parameter thresholds corresponding to the priority levels of the p first information. In a specific implementation manner, the terminal may configure p parameter thresholds for the priority levels of p first information; or, the first base station may configure p parameters for the priority levels of p first information through high-layer signaling Threshold, where the first base station may be a base station of a first transmission link, and the high-layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
如表4所示,示出了8个第一信息的优先级等级以及8个第一信息的优先级等级对应的8个参数阈值的对应关系。其中PPPP1对应的阈值是P 1dB,PPPP2对应的阈值是P 2dB,PPPP3对应的阈值是P 3dB,PPPP4对应的阈值是P 4dB,PPPP5对应的阈值是P 5dB,PPPP6对应的阈值是P 6dB,PPPP7对应的阈值是P 7dB,PPPP8对应的阈值是P 8dB。 As shown in Table 4, the priority relationship between the eight priority levels of the first information and the eight parameter thresholds corresponding to the eight priority levels of the first information is shown. The threshold corresponding to PPPP1 is P 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP2 is P 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP3 is P 3 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP4 is P 4 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP5 is P 5 dB, and the threshold corresponding to PPPP6 It is P 6 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP7 is P 7 dB, and the threshold corresponding to PPPP8 is P 8 dB.
表4Table 4
PPPP1PPPP1 PPPP2PPPP2 PPPP3PPPP3 PPPP4PPPP4 PPPP5PPPP5 PPPP6PPPP6 PPPP7PPPP7 PPPP8PPPP8
P 1dB P 1 dB P 2dB P 2 dB P 3dB P 3 dB P 4dB P 4 dB P 5dB P 5 dB P 6dB P 6 dB P 7dB P 7 dB P 8dB P 8 dB
步骤909、获取第二差值。Step 909: Obtain the second difference.
该第二差值是该第一实际功率和该第一最终功率之差。The second difference is the difference between the first actual power and the first final power.
步骤910、若该第二差值大于或者等于第二优先级等级对应的第二参数阈值,该终端停止发送第一信息。Step 910: If the second difference is greater than or equal to the second parameter threshold corresponding to the second priority level, the terminal stops sending the first information.
可选的,该第二参数阈值是该终端预设的参数阈值的或者是高层信令配置的参数阈值,该高层信令是SIB信令、MIB信令或者RRC信令。Optionally, the second parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by high-layer signaling, and the high-layer signaling is SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
需要说明的是,该终端停止发送该第一信息用于表示该终端在没有发送第一信息前就停止发送该第一信息,即该终端不发送该第一信息。It should be noted that the terminal stops sending the first information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the first information before sending the first information, that is, the terminal does not send the first information.
示例性的,若该终端获取的第二优先级等级是PPPP1,根据表4,PPPP1对应的第二参数阈值是P 1dB,若第二差值大于或者等于P 1dB,该终端停止发送该第一信息,即该终端使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,且该终端不发送该第一信息;若第一差值小于P 1dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the second priority level acquired by the terminal is PPPP1, according to Table 4, the second parameter threshold corresponding to PPPP1 is P 1 dB, and if the second difference is greater than or equal to P 1 dB, the terminal stops sending the First information, that is, the terminal uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link, and the terminal does not send the first information; if the first difference is less than P 1 dB, the terminal uses the first final power The first information is sent over the first transmission link, and the second information is sent over the second transmission link using the second final power.
步骤911、获取第三参数,该第三参数是根据QoS确定的参数。Step 911: Acquire a third parameter, which is a parameter determined according to QoS.
示例性的,该第三参数可以是第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的值,该第二基站可以将根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第三参数发送给该终端,该5G QoS特征参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:resource type、priority level、PDB、PER、averaging window、MDBV以及minimum required communication range。该终端预存储有该第三参数、该第三参数对应的r个优先级等级以及该r个优先级等级对应的r个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给该第三参数划分r个优先级等级,并给该第三参数的r个优先级等级预配置r个参数阈值;或者,该终端可以给该第三参数划分r个优先级等级,第二基站可以通过高层信令给该第三参数的r个优先级等级配置r个参数阈值,其中,该第二基站可以是第二传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。Exemplarily, the third parameter may be a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter, and the second base station may send the third parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal, the 5G QoS The characteristic parameters include at least one of the following parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range. The terminal pre-stores a correspondence between the third parameter, r priority levels corresponding to the third parameter, and r parameter thresholds corresponding to the r priority levels. In a specific implementation, the terminal may divide r priority levels for the third parameter, and pre-configure r parameter thresholds for the r priority levels of the third parameter; or, the terminal may give the third parameter The parameters are divided into r priority levels, and the second base station may configure r parameter thresholds for the r priority levels of the third parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be the base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
如表5所示,示出了该第三参数、该第三参数对应的4个优先级等级以及该4个优先级等级对应的4个参数阈值的对应关系。其中,1和2对应于优先级等级1,3和4对应于优先级等级2,5和6对应于优先级等级3,7和8对应于优先级等级4。优先级等级1对应的阈值是R 1dB,优先级等级2对应的阈值是R 2dB,优先级等级3对应的阈值是R 3dB,优先级等级4对应的阈值是R 4dB。 As shown in Table 5, the correspondence between the third parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the third parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown. Among them, 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1, 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2, 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3, and 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4. The threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is R 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is R 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is R 3 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is R 4 dB.
表5table 5
优先级等级1 Priority level 1 优先级等级2 Priority level 2 优先级等级3 Priority level 3 优先级等级4Priority level 4
1,21, 2 3,43, 4 5,65, 6 7,87, 8
R 1dB R 1 dB R 2dB R 2 dB R 3dB R 3 dB R 4dB R 4 dB
步骤912、获取该第三参数对应的第三优先级等级。Step 912: Acquire a third priority level corresponding to the third parameter.
步骤913、获取第三差值,该第三差值是该第二实际功率和该第二最终功率之差。Step 913: Obtain a third difference value, where the third difference value is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power.
步骤914、若该第三差值大于或者等于第三优先级等级对应的第三参数阈值,该终端停止发送第二信息。Step 914: If the third difference is greater than or equal to the third parameter threshold corresponding to the third priority level, the terminal stops sending the second information.
可选的,该第三参数阈值是该终端预设的参数阈值的或者是高层信令配置的参数阈值,该高层信令是SIB信令、MIB信令或者RRC信令。Optionally, the third parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by high-layer signaling, and the high-layer signaling is SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
需要说明的是,该终端停止发送该第二信息用于表示该终端在没有发送第二信息前就停止发送该第二信息,即该终端不发送该第二信息。It should be noted that the terminal stops sending the second information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the second information before sending the second information, that is, the terminal does not send the second information.
示例性的,若第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第三参数是6,根据表5,6对应的第三优先级等级是优先级等级3,优先级等级3对应的第三参数阈值是R 3dB,若第三差值大于或者等于R 3dB,该终端停止发送该第二信息,即该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,且该终端不发送该第二信息;若第三差值小于R 3dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the third parameter comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter is 6, according to Table 5, the third priority level corresponding to 6 is priority level 3, and the third parameter corresponding to priority level 3 The threshold is R 3 dB. If the third difference is greater than or equal to R 3 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not Sending the second information; if the third difference is less than R 3 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
如图10所示,第一传输链路的子载波间隔是15KHz,第二传输链路的子载波间隔是60KHz,第一传输链路是LTE的侧链路,第二传输链路是NR的侧链路,由于第二传输链路的第1个时隙在时域上先于第一传输链路的第1个子帧,因此,若终端在第一传输链路的第1个子帧和第二传输链路的第1个时隙发送信息,且第一传输链路的实际功率和第二传输链路的实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,要降低第一传输链路的实际功率。由于第一传输链路的第1个子帧又在时域上先于第二传输链路的第2-4个时隙,因此,若终端在第二传输链路的第2-4个时隙发送信息,且第一传输链路的实际功率和第二传输链路的实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,要降低第二传输链路的实际功率,在整个传输过程中,在第一传输链路的第1个子帧发送的信息的最终功率要保持一致。As shown in FIG. 10, the subcarrier interval of the first transmission link is 15KHz, the subcarrier interval of the second transmission link is 60KHz, the first transmission link is the side link of LTE, and the second transmission link is NR For the side link, since the first time slot of the second transmission link precedes the first subframe of the first transmission link in the time domain, if the terminal is in the first subframe and the first subframe of the first transmission link The first time slot of the second transmission link sends information, and the sum of the actual power of the first transmission link and the actual power of the second transmission link is greater than the first power threshold, so the actual power of the first transmission link must be reduced. Since the first subframe of the first transmission link precedes the 2-4th time slot of the second transmission link in the time domain, if the terminal is in the 2-4th time slot of the second transmission link Send information, and the sum of the actual power of the first transmission link and the actual power of the second transmission link is greater than the first power threshold, to reduce the actual power of the second transmission link, in the entire transmission process, the first transmission The final power of the information sent in the first subframe of the link must be consistent.
如图11所示,为本申请实施例提供的另一种侧链路功率控制方法,应用于终端,该侧链路功率控制方法包括以下步骤:As shown in FIG. 11, another side link power control method provided by an embodiment of the present application is applied to a terminal, and the side link power control method includes the following steps:
步骤1101、若终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,获取该终端的第一优先级等级。 Step 1101, if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, to obtain the first priority level of the terminal.
该第一优先级等级是根据QoS确定的优先级等级。The first priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS.
可选的,该终端的第一优先级等级可以是PPPP的等级,该终端可以通过SCI指示该第一优先级等级。例如,该终端可以通过SCI指示该第一优先级等级为PPPP1-PPPP8中的一个。Optionally, the first priority level of the terminal may be a PPPP level, and the terminal may indicate the first priority level through SCI. For example, the terminal may indicate that the first priority level is one of PPPP1-PPPP8 through SCI.
步骤1102、获取第一参数,该第一参数是根据QoS确定的参数。Step 1102: Obtain a first parameter, which is a parameter determined according to QoS.
该第一参数可以是第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的值,该第二基站可以将根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第一参数发送给该终端,该5G QoS特征参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:resource type、priority level、PDB、PER、averaging window、MDBV以及minimum required communication range。该终端预存储有该第一参数和该第一参数对应的r个优先级等级的对应关系。The first parameter may be a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter. The second base station may send the first parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal. The 5G QoS characteristic parameter includes the following At least one of the parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range. The terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter and the r priority levels corresponding to the first parameter.
如表6所示,示出了该第一参数以及该第一参数对应的8个优先级等级的对应关系。其中,1和2对应于优先级等级1,3和4对应于优先级等级2,5和6对应于优先级等级3,7和8对应于优先级等级4,9和10对应于优先级等级5,11和12对应于优先级等级6,13和14对应于优先级等级7,15和16对应于优先级等级8。As shown in Table 6, the corresponding relationship between the first parameter and the eight priority levels corresponding to the first parameter is shown. Among them, 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1, 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2, 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3, 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4, 9 and 10 correspond to priority level 5, 11 and 12 correspond to priority level 6, 13 and 14 correspond to priority level 7, 15 and 16 correspond to priority level 8.
表6Table 6
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000004
步骤1103、获取该第一参数对应的第二优先级等级。Step 1103: Acquire a second priority level corresponding to the first parameter.
步骤1104、根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。Step 1104: Determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level.
该第一预留功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的最低发射功率,该第二预留功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的最低发射功率。The first reserved power is the lowest transmission power for the terminal to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the second reserved power is the lowest transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
在一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,包括:根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1,0<n<1;根据该第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。In a possible implementation, determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level includes: according to the first priority level and the second priority The level determines the ratio of the first reserved power to the first power threshold m and the second reserved power to the first power threshold n, where m+n≤1, 0<m<1, 0<n<1 ; Determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first power threshold, m and n.
需要说明的是,该第一功率阈值可以根据P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM确定,例如,该第一功率阈值可以是P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的最小值,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示该终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的该终端的最大功率。 It should be noted that the first power threshold may be determined according to P PowerClass , P EMAX and P FDM . For example, the first power threshold may be the minimum value among P PowerClass , P EMAX and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used for It indicates the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate that the terminal is defined when sending information using frequency division multiplexing The maximum power of the terminal.
可选的,若第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级的优先级等级相同,则m可以是0.5,n可以是0.5。例如:若第一优先级等级是PPPP3,第二优先级等级是优先级等级3,则m是0.5,n是0.5。Optionally, if the priority levels of the first priority level and the second priority level are the same, m may be 0.5 and n may be 0.5. For example: if the first priority level is PPPP3 and the second priority level is priority level 3, m is 0.5 and n is 0.5.
可选的,若第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级的优先级等级不相同,m和n可以根据第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级的等级差值确定。例如:若第一优先级等级是PPPP4,第二优先级等级是优先级等级6,则m是0.6,n是0.4。Optionally, if the priority levels of the first priority level and the second priority level are different, m and n may be determined according to the level difference between the first priority level and the second priority level. For example: if the first priority level is PPPP4 and the second priority level is priority level 6, then m is 0.6 and n is 0.4.
可选的,若第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级的优先级等级大于优先级等级阈值,m和n之和可以小于1。例如:若第一优先级等级是PPPP7,第二优先级等级是优先级等级8,第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级都大于优先级等级阈值5,则m是0.2,n是0.1。Optionally, if the priority levels of the first priority level and the second priority level are greater than the priority level threshold, the sum of m and n may be less than 1. For example: if the first priority level is PPPP7, the second priority level is priority level 8, the first priority level and the second priority level are both greater than the priority level threshold of 5, then m is 0.2 and n is 0.1.
进一步地,该根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,包括:根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n。Further, the determining the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the first priority level and the second priority level include: The ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold are determined according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level.
可选的,该终端预存储有该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级之差对应的m和n,该终端可以根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级之差确定m和n。Optionally, the terminal pre-stores m and n corresponding to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level, the terminal may determine according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level m and n.
如表7所示,示出了第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级之差与m、n的对应关系。第一优先级等级可以是PPPP1-PPPP8中的一个,第二优先级等级可以是优先级等级1至优先级等级8中的一个。表7中第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级对应的表格中是m,n的值。例如,若第一优先级等级是PPPP5,第二优先级等级是优先级等级1,则m是0.2,n是0.8。又例如,若第一优先级等级是PPPP7第二优先级等级是优先级等级6,m是0.4,n是0.6。As shown in Table 7, the correspondence between the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level and m, n is shown. The first priority level may be one of PPPP1-PPPP8, and the second priority level may be one of priority level 1 to priority level 8. The table corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level in Table 7 is the value of m, n. For example, if the first priority level is PPPP5 and the second priority level is priority level 1, then m is 0.2 and n is 0.8. For another example, if the first priority level is PPPP7, the second priority level is priority level 6, m is 0.4, and n is 0.6.
表7Table 7
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000005
在另一种可能的实现方式中,根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,包括:根据该第一优先级等级、该第二优先级等级、该第一优先级等级对应的第一优先级等级阈值和该第二优先级等级对应的第二优先级等级阈值确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,其中,0<m<1,0<n<1,0<m<1;根据第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。In another possible implementation manner, determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level includes: according to the first priority level and the second The priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level threshold corresponding to the second priority level determine the ratio of the first reserved power to the first power threshold m and the second The ratio of reserved power to the first power threshold n, where 0<m<1, 0<n<1, 0<m<1; the first reserved power and the first power threshold are determined according to the first power threshold, m and n 2. Reserve power.
需要说明的是,该第一功率阈值可以由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定,例如,该第一功率阈值可以是P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的最小值,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示该终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的该终端的最大功率。 It should be noted that the first power threshold may be determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM . For example, the first power threshold may be the minimum value of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where, P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate that the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to transmit The maximum power of the terminal defined in the information.
需要说明的是,该第一优先级等级阈值和该第二优先级等级阈值可以是该终端预设的阈值的或者是高层信令配置的阈值,该高层信令是SIB信令、MIB信令或者RRC信令。It should be noted that the first priority level threshold and the second priority level threshold may be thresholds preset by the terminal or configured by high-level signaling, and the high-level signaling is SIB signaling or MIB signaling Or RRC signaling.
可选的,该终端可以根据第一优先级等级与第一优先级等级阈值之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m,该终端可以根据第二优先级等级与第二优先级等级阈值之差确定第二预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例n。Optionally, the terminal may determine the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold according to the difference between the first priority level and the threshold of the first priority level, and the terminal may determine the ratio of the second priority level to the second priority The difference of the level threshold determines the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold.
进一步地,第一优先级等级可以是PPPP1-PPPP8中的1个,第二优先级等级可以是优先级等级1至优先级等级7中的一个,该终端可以根据第一优先级等级与第一优先级等级阈值之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m,该终端可以根据第二优先级等级与第二优先级等级阈值之差确定第二预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例n。Further, the first priority level may be one of PPPP1-PPPP8, and the second priority level may be one of priority level 1 to priority level 7. The terminal may be based on the first priority level and the first The difference of the priority level threshold determines the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold, the terminal may determine the second reserved power to occupy the first power threshold according to the difference between the second priority level and the second priority level threshold Of the ratio n.
示例性的,若第一优先级等级是PPPP2,第二优先级等级是优先级等级2,第一优先级等级阈值是PPPP4,第二优先级等级阈值是优先级等级3,第一优先级等级与第一优先级等级阈值相差2个等级,第二优先级等级和第二优先级等级阈值相差1个等级,可以设置m为0.5,n为0.3。Exemplarily, if the first priority level is PPPP2, the second priority level is priority level 2, the first priority level threshold is PPPP4, the second priority level threshold is priority level 3, and the first priority level It is different from the first priority level threshold by 2 levels, and the second priority level and the second priority level threshold are different by 1 level. You can set m to 0.5 and n to 0.3.
可选的,若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,该终端可以降低第一实际功率,以使得降低后的第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和小于等于第一功 率阈值,且降低后的第一实际功率大于或者等于第一预留功率。Optionally, if the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the terminal may reduce the first actual power so that the sum of the reduced first actual power and the second actual power is less than or equal to the A power threshold, and the reduced first actual power is greater than or equal to the first reserved power.
可选的,若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,该终端可以降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率之和小于等于第一功率阈值,且降低后的第二实际功率大于或者等于第二预留功率。Optionally, if the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the terminal may reduce the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first A power threshold, and the reduced second actual power is greater than or equal to the second reserved power.
可以理解的是,上述终端等为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, the above-mentioned terminal or the like includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should be easily aware that, in conjunction with the exemplary units and algorithm steps described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对上述终端进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In the embodiments of the present application, the above-mentioned terminals may be divided into function modules according to the above method examples. For example, each function module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图12示出了一种终端120的结构示意图。该终端120包括:获取模块1201、计算模块1202和确定模块1203。获取模块1201,用于获取第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率,该第一最大发射功率是终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最大发射功率,该第二最大发射功率是该终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最大发射功率;计算模块1202,用于若该终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,根据该第一最大发射功率和该第二最大发射功率计算第一实际功率和第二实际功率,该第一实际功率是该终端使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的实际功率,该第二实际功率是该终端使用频分复用的方式通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的实际功率;确定模块1203,用于若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,该第一最终功率是该终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最终发射功率,该第二最终功率是该终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最终发射功率。For example, in a case where the functional modules are divided in an integrated manner, FIG. 12 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 120. The terminal 120 includes an acquisition module 1201, a calculation module 1202, and a determination module 1203. The obtaining module 1201 is configured to obtain a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power, where the first maximum transmission power is the maximum transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second maximum transmission power is the The terminal transmits the maximum transmit power of the second information through the second transmission link; the calculation module 1202 is configured to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second transmission link if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing Send second information, calculate the first actual power and the second actual power according to the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power, the first actual power is the terminal using frequency division multiplexing through the first transmission chain The actual power of the first information sent by the channel, and the second actual power is the actual power of the terminal using frequency division multiplexing to send the second information through the second transmission link; the determination module 1203 is used to determine if the first actual power and The sum of the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, and the first final power and the second final power are determined according to the first actual power and the second actual power, and the first final power is sent by the terminal through the first transmission link The final transmit power of the first information, the second final power is the final transmit power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
需要说明的是,该第一传输链路可以是LTE的侧链路,该第二传输链路可以是NR的侧链路;或者,该第一传输链路可以是NR的侧链路,该第二传输链路可以是LTE的侧链路。本领域技术人员可以理解,该第一传输链路和该第二传输链路还可以是其他形式的链路,本申请不对第一传输链路和第二传输链路的具体形式进行限定。It should be noted that the first transmission link may be a side link of LTE, and the second transmission link may be a side link of NR; or, the first transmission link may be a side link of NR, the The second transmission link may be a side link of LTE. Those skilled in the art may understand that the first transmission link and the second transmission link may also be other forms of links, and the specific forms of the first transmission link and the second transmission link are not limited in this application.
示例性的,该第一最大发射功率P CMAX1的取值范围可以是P CMAXL1≤P CMAX1≤P CMAXH1,P CMAXL1=Min{P EMAX-ΔT C,P PowerClass-Max(MPR+AMPR+ΔT IB+ΔT C+ΔT ProSe,PMPR),P Regulatory},P CMAXH1=Min{P EMAX,P PowerClass,P Regulatory},该第二最大发射功率P CMAX2的取值范围可以是PCMAXL1≤P CMAX2≤PCMAXH1,PCMAXL1=Min{P EMAX-Δ,P PowerClass-Δ,P Regulatory},PCMAXH1=Min{P EMAX,P PowerClass,P Regulatory},其中,P EMAX用于表示无线资源控制RRC 信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,MPR用于表示功率回退参数,AMPR用于表示额外功率回退参数,PMPR用于表示特定情况下的功率回退,P Regulatory用于表示车与车通信V2X终端的功率参数,ΔT C、ΔT IB、ΔT ProSe和Δ是范围调整参数。该终端可以在第一最大发射功率的取值范围内选择该第一最大发射功率的值,终端可以在第二最大发射功率的取值范围内选择该第二最大发射功率的值。需要说明的是,若第一传输链路和第二传输链路在同一个子带上传输,考虑到干扰的因素,第一传输链路和第二传输链路还需要考虑额外的AMPR。 Exemplarily, the value range of the first maximum transmit power P CMAX1 may be P CMAXL1 ≤P CMAX1 ≤P CMAXH1 , P CMAXL1 =Min{P EMAX -ΔT C ,P PowerClass -Max(MPR+AMPR+ΔT IB + ΔT C +ΔT ProSe , PMPR), P Regulatory }, P CMAXH1 = Min{P EMAX , P PowerClass , P Regulatory }, the value range of the second maximum transmit power P CMAX2 may be PCMAXL1≤P CMAX2 ≤PCMAXH1, PCMAXL1 =Min{P EMAX -Δ, P PowerClass -Δ, P Regulatory }, PCMAXH1=Min{P EMAX , P PowerClass , P Regulatory }, where P EMAX is used to indicate the radio resource control RRC signaling configuration allowed by the terminal Maximum power, P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, MPR is used to indicate the power back-off parameter, AMPR is used to indicate the additional power back-off parameter, and PMPR is used to indicate the power back-off under specific conditions Back, P Regulatory is used to represent the power parameters of the V2X terminal of vehicle-to-vehicle communication, ΔT C , ΔT IB , ΔT ProSe and Δ are the range adjustment parameters. The terminal may select the value of the first maximum transmission power within the range of the first maximum transmission power, and the terminal may select the value of the second maximum transmission power within the range of the second maximum transmission power. It should be noted that, if the first transmission link and the second transmission link are transmitted on the same subband, considering the interference factor, the first transmission link and the second transmission link also need to consider additional AMPR.
示例性的,第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率还可以根据第一初始功率和第二初始功率确定。例如,第一最大发射功率P CMAX1的取值范围还可以是P CMAXL2≤P CMAX1≤P CMAXH2,P CMAXL2=Min{P EMAX-ΔT C,P PowerClass-Max(MPR+AMPR+ΔT IB+ΔT C+ΔT ProSe,PMPR),P 1-ΔT C,P Regulatory},P CMAXH2=Min{P EMAX,P PowerClass,P Regulatory,P 1},该第二最大发射功率P CMAX2的取值范围还可以是PCMAXL2≤P CMAX2≤PCMAXH2,PCMAXL2=Min{P EMAX-Δ,P PowerClass-Δ,P 2-Δ,P Regulatory},PCMAXH2=Min{P EMAX,P PowerClass,P Regulatory,P 2},其中,P 1用于表示第一初始功率,P 2用于表示第二初始功率。P 1可以是LTE网络的基站为终端配置并发送给终端的,P 2可以是NR网络的基站为终端配置并发送给终端的。该终端可以在第一最大发射功率的取值范围内选择该第一最大发射功率的值,终端可以在第二最大发射功率的取值范围内选择该第二最大发射功率的值。需要说明的是,若第一传输链路和第二传输链路在同一个子带上传输,考虑到干扰的因素,第一传输链路和第二传输链路还需要考虑额外的AMPR。 Exemplarily, the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power may also be determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power. For example, the value range of the first maximum transmit power P CMAX1 may also be P CMAXL2 ≤P CMAX1 ≤P CMAXH2 , P CMAXL2 =Min{P EMAX -ΔT C ,P PowerClass -Max(MPR+AMPR+ΔT IB +ΔT C + ΔT ProSe, PMPR), P 1 -ΔT C, P Regulatory}, P CMAXH2 = Min {P EMAX, P PowerClass, P Regulatory, P 1}, the second maximum transmission power P CMAX2 ranges may also be PCMAXL2≤P CMAX2 ≤PCMAXH2, PCMAXL2=Min{P EMAX -Δ, P PowerClass -Δ, P 2 -Δ, P Regulatory }, PCMAXH2=Min{P EMAX , P PowerClass , P Regulatory , P 2 }, where, P 1 is used to represent the first initial power, and P 2 is used to represent the second initial power. P 1 may be configured by the base station of the LTE network and sent to the terminal, and P 2 may be configured by the base station of the NR network and sent to the terminal. The terminal may select the value of the first maximum transmission power within the range of the first maximum transmission power, and the terminal may select the value of the second maximum transmission power within the range of the second maximum transmission power. It should be noted that, if the first transmission link and the second transmission link are transmitted on the same subband, considering the interference factor, the first transmission link and the second transmission link also need to consider additional AMPR.
示例性的,该终端可以通过第一传输链路高层配置的参数,传输带宽,路径损耗以及一些功率调整信息计算出第一中间功率,并将该第一中间功率与第一最大发射功率比较得到第一实际功率,例如,可以将第一中间功率和第一最大发射功率中的最小值确定为第一实际功率;该终端可以通过第二传输链路高层配置的参数,传输带宽,路径损耗以及一些功率调整信息计算出第二中间功率,并将该第二中间功率与第二最大发射功率比较得到第二实际功率,例如,可以将第二中间功率和第二最大发射功率中的最小值确定为第二实际功率。Exemplarily, the terminal may calculate the first intermediate power through parameters configured by the upper layer of the first transmission link, transmission bandwidth, path loss, and some power adjustment information, and compare the first intermediate power with the first maximum transmit power The first actual power, for example, the minimum value between the first intermediate power and the first maximum transmit power may be determined as the first actual power; the terminal may use the parameters configured by the upper layer of the second transmission link, transmission bandwidth, path loss, and Some power adjustment information calculates the second intermediate power, and compares the second intermediate power with the second maximum transmit power to obtain the second actual power. For example, the minimum value of the second intermediate power and the second maximum transmit power can be determined Is the second actual power.
可选的,确定模块1203具体用于:降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定降低后的第二实际功率为第二最终功率。Optionally, the determining module 1203 is specifically configured to: reduce the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; determine that the first actual power is the first final power ; Determine that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
可选的,如图13所示,终端120还包括停止模块1204。获取模块1201,还用于获取第一参数,该第一参数是根据服务质量QoS确定的参数;获取模块1201,还用于获取该第一参数对应的第一优先级等级;获取模块1201,还用于获取第一差值,该第一差值是该第二实际功率和该第二最终功率之差;停止模块1204,用于若该第一差值大于或者等于第一优先级等级对应的第一参数阈值,该终端停止发送该第二信息。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 13, the terminal 120 further includes a stop module 1204. The obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain the first parameter, which is a parameter determined according to the quality of service QoS; the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain the first priority level corresponding to the first parameter; the obtaining module 1201, also Used to obtain a first difference value, the first difference value is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power; the stop module 1204 is used if the first difference value is greater than or equal to the corresponding value of the first priority level The first parameter threshold, the terminal stops sending the second information.
需要说明的是,该第一参数可以是多种类型的参数,例如,该第一参数可以是PPPP的等级,又例如,该第一参数可以是第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的值,再例如,该第一参数还可以是5G QoS指示(5G QoS Indicator,5QI)参数集合的索引。It should be noted that the first parameter may be various types of parameters, for example, the first parameter may be a PPPP level, and for example, the first parameter may be comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to 5G QoS characteristic parameters For another example, the first parameter may also be an index of a 5G QoS indicator (5G QoS Indicator, 5QI) parameter set.
若该第一参数是PPPP的等级,该终端可以通过SCI指示该第一参数。该终端预存储有该第一参数、该第一参数对应的k个优先级等级以及该k个优先级等级对应的k个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给该第一参数划分k个优先级等级,并给该第一参数的k个优先级等级预配置k个参数阈值;或者,该终端可以给该第一参数划分k个优先级等级,第二基站可以通过高层信令给该第一参数的k个优先级等级配置k个参数阈值,其中,该第二基站可以是第二传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。If the first parameter is a PPPP level, the terminal may indicate the first parameter through SCI. The terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter, k priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and k parameter thresholds corresponding to the k priority levels. In a specific implementation, the terminal may divide the first parameter into k priority levels, and pre-configure k parameter thresholds for the k priority levels of the first parameter; or, the terminal may give the first parameter a threshold The parameters are divided into k priority levels, and the second base station may configure k parameter thresholds for the k priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be a base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
如表8所示,示出了该第一参数、该第一参数对应的4个优先级等级以及该4个优先级等级对应的4个参数阈值的对应关系。其中,PPPP1和PPPP2对应于优先级等级1,PPPP3和PPPP4对应于优先级等级2,PPPP5和PPPP6对应于优先级等级3,PPPP7和PPPP8对应于优先级等级4。优先级等级1对应的阈值是K 1dB,优先级等级2对应的阈值是K 2dB,优先级等级3对应的阈值是K 3dB,优先级等级4对应的阈值是K 4dB。 As shown in Table 8, the correspondence between the first parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown. Among them, PPPP1 and PPPP2 correspond to priority level 1, PPPP3 and PPPP4 correspond to priority level 2, PPPP5 and PPPP6 correspond to priority level 3, and PPPP7 and PPPP8 correspond to priority level 4. The threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is K 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is K 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is K 3 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is K 4 dB.
表8Table 8
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000006
若该第一参数是第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的值,该第二基站可以将根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第一参数发送给该终端,该5G QoS特征参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:resource type、priority level、PDB、PER、averaging window、MDBV以及minimum required communication range。该终端预存储有该第一参数、该第一参数对应的j个优先级等级以及该j个优先级等级对应的j个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给该第一参数划分j个优先级等级,并给该第一参数的j个优先级等级预配置j个参数阈值;或者,该终端可以给该第一参数划分j个优先级等级,第二基站可以通过高层信令给该第一参数的j个优先级等级配置j个参数阈值,其中,该第二基站可以是第二传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。If the first parameter is a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter, the second base station may send the first parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal. The 5G QoS characteristic parameter includes the following At least one of the parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range. The terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter, j priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and j parameter thresholds corresponding to the j priority levels. In a specific implementation, the terminal may divide the first parameter into j priority levels, and pre-configure j parameter thresholds for the j priority levels of the first parameter; or, the terminal may give the first parameter The parameters are divided into j priority levels, and the second base station may configure j parameter thresholds for the j priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be the base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
如表9所示,示出了该第一参数、该第一参数对应的4个优先级等级以及该4个优先级等级对应的4个参数阈值的对应关系。其中,1和2对应于优先级等级1,3和4对应于优先级等级2,5和6对应于优先级等级3,7和8对应于优先级等级4。优先 级等级1对应的阈值是J 1dB,优先级等级2对应的阈值是J 2dB,优先级等级3对应的阈值是J 3dB,优先级等级4对应的阈值是J 4dB。 As shown in Table 9, the correspondence between the first parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown. Among them, 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1, 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2, 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3, and 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4. The threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is J 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is J 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is J 3 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is J 4 dB.
表9Table 9
优先级等级1 Priority level 1 优先级等级2 Priority level 2 优先级等级3 Priority level 3 优先级等级4Priority level 4
1,21, 2 3,43, 4 5,65, 6 7,87, 8
J 1dB J 1 dB J 2dB J 2 dB J 3dB J 3 dB J 4dB J 4 dB
若该第一参数是5QI参数集合的索引,该终端可以将5QI参数划分为q个集合,并给每个5QI参数集合分配一个索引号,每个5QI参数集合可以包括一定数量的5QI参数,例如,索引号为1的5QI参数集合包括的5QI参数为{1、2、3、4、5},索引号为2的5QI参数集合包括的5QI参数为{65、66、67、68、69}。该终端可以通过SCI指示该第一参数。该终端预存储有该第一参数、该第一参数对应的q个优先级等级以及该q个优先级等级对应的q个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给该第一参数的q个优先级等级预配置q个参数阈值;或者,第二基站可以通过高层信令给该第一参数的q个优先级等级配置q个参数阈值,其中,该第二基站可以是第二传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。If the first parameter is the index of the 5QI parameter set, the terminal may divide the 5QI parameter into q sets and assign an index number to each 5QI parameter set. Each 5QI parameter set may include a certain number of 5QI parameters, for example , The 5QI parameter set with index number 1 includes 5QI parameters {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}, and the 5QI parameter set with index number 2 includes 5QI parameters {65, 66, 67, 68, 69} . The terminal may indicate the first parameter through SCI. The terminal pre-stores a correspondence between the first parameter, q priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and q parameter thresholds corresponding to the q priority levels. In a specific implementation manner, the terminal may pre-configure q parameter thresholds for the q priority levels of the first parameter; or, the second base station may configure the q priority levels of the first parameter through high-layer signaling q parameter thresholds, where the second base station may be a base station of a second transmission link, and the high-layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
如表10所示,示出了该第一参数、该第一参数对应的6个优先级等级以及该6个优先级等级对应的6个参数阈值的对应关系。其中,优先级等级1对应的阈值是Q 1dB,优先级等级2对应的阈值是Q 2dB,优先级等级3对应的阈值是Q 3dB,优先级等级4对应的阈值是Q 4dB,优先级等级5对应的阈值是Q 5dB,优先级等级6对应的阈值是Q 6dB。 As shown in Table 10, the correspondence between the first parameter, the six priority levels corresponding to the first parameter, and the six parameter thresholds corresponding to the six priority levels are shown. Among them, the threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is Q 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is Q 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is Q 3 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is Q 4 dB, The threshold corresponding to priority level 5 is Q 5 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 6 is Q 6 dB.
表10Table 10
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000007
示例性的,若该终端获取的第一参数是PPPP3,根据表8,PPPP3对应的第一优先级等级是优先级等级2,优先级等级2对应的第一参数阈值是K 2dB,若第一差值大于或者等于K 2dB,该终端停止发送该第二信息,即该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,且该终端不发送该第二信息;若第一差值小于K 2dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the first parameter acquired by the terminal is PPPP3, according to Table 8, the first priority level corresponding to PPPP3 is priority level 2, and the threshold value of the first parameter corresponding to priority level 2 is K 2 dB. A difference is greater than or equal to K 2 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not send the second information; if the first A difference is less than K 2 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
示例性的,若第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第一参数是5,根据表9,5对应的第一优先级等级是优先级等级3,优先级等级3对应的第一参数阈值是J 3dB,若第一差值大于或者等于J 3dB,该终端停止发送该第二信息,即该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,且该终端不发送该第二信息;若第一差值小于J 3dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the second base station comprehensively maps the first parameter according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter as 5, according to Table 9, the first priority level corresponding to 5 is priority level 3, and the first parameter corresponding to priority level 3 is The threshold is J 3 dB. If the first difference is greater than or equal to J 3 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not Sending the second information; if the first difference is less than J 3 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
示例性的,若该终端获取的第一参数是2,根据表10,2对应的第一优先级等级是优先级等级2,优先级等级2对应的第一参数阈值是Q 2dB,若第一差值大于或者等 于Q 2dB,该终端停止发送该第二信息,即该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,且该终端不发送该第二信息;若第一差值小于Q 2dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the first parameter acquired by the terminal is 2, according to Table 10, the first priority level corresponding to 2 is priority level 2, and the threshold value of the first parameter corresponding to priority level 2 is Q 2 dB. A difference is greater than or equal to Q 2 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not send the second information; if the first A difference is less than Q 2 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
需要说明的是,该第一差值可以是多种类型的差值,例如,该第一差值可以是该第二实际功率和该第二最终功率之差,又例如,该第一差值也可以是第一传输链路的PSD和第二传输链路的PSD之差。It should be noted that the first difference may be various types of differences, for example, the first difference may be the difference between the second actual power and the second final power, and for example, the first difference It may also be the difference between the PSD of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link.
可选的,若第一差值是第一传输链路的PSD和第二传输链路的PSD之差,在步骤806前还包括:获取第一传输链路的PSD和第二传输链路的PSD。Optionally, if the first difference is the difference between the PSD of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link, before step 806, the method further includes: acquiring the PSD of the first transmission link and the PSD of the second transmission link PSD.
可选的,该终端可以根据第一传输链路的高层配置情况,链路信道状态信息,功率调整信息等获取第一传输链路的PSD;该终端可以根据第二传输链路的高层配置情况,链路信道状态信息,功率调整信息等获取第二传输链路的PSD。Optionally, the terminal may obtain the PSD of the first transmission link according to the high-level configuration of the first transmission link, link channel state information, power adjustment information, etc.; the terminal may according to the high-level configuration of the second transmission link , Link channel state information, power adjustment information, etc. to obtain the PSD of the second transmission link.
需要说明的是,该终端停止发送该第二信息用于表示该终端在没有发送第二信息前就停止发送该第二信息,即该终端不发送该第二信息。It should be noted that the terminal stops sending the second information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the second information before sending the second information, that is, the terminal does not send the second information.
可选的,确定模块1203,还具体用于若该终端通过该第二传输链路发送的第二信息在时域上先于该终端通过该第一传输链路发送的第一信息,降低第一实际功率,以使得降低后的第一实际功率和第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定降低后的第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定第二实际功率为第二最终功率;或者,若该终端通过该第一传输链路发送的第一信息在时域上先于该终端通过该第二传输链路发送的第二信息,降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;确定第一实际功率为第一最终功率;确定降低后的第二实际功率为第二最终功率。Optionally, the determination module 1203 is further specifically configured to reduce the second information if the second information sent by the terminal through the second transmission link precedes the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link in the time domain. An actual power, such that the sum of the reduced first actual power and the second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; determining that the reduced first actual power is the first final power; determining that the second actual power is the second final power Power; or, if the first information sent by the terminal through the first transmission link precedes the second information sent by the terminal through the second transmission link in the time domain, the second actual power is reduced so that the first The sum of the actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold; determining that the first actual power is the first final power; and determining that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
可选的,获取模块1201,还用于获取该终端的第二优先级等级,该第二优先级等级是根据QoS确定的优先级等级;获取模块1201,还用于获取第二差值,该第二差值是该第一实际功率和该第一最终功率之差;停止模块1204,还用于若该第二差值大于或者等于第二优先级等级对应的第二参数阈值,停止发送第一信息;或者,获取模块1201,还用于获取第三参数,该第三参数是根据QoS确定的参数;获取模块1201,还用于获取该第三参数对应的第三优先级等级;获取模块1201,还用于获取第三差值,该第三差值是该第二实际功率和该第二最终功率之差。停止模块1204,还用于若该第三差值大于或者等于第三优先级等级对应的第三参数阈值,该终端停止发送第二信息。Optionally, the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain a second priority level of the terminal, the second priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS; the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain a second difference value, the The second difference is the difference between the first actual power and the first final power; the stopping module 1204 is further used to stop sending the second parameter if the second difference is greater than or equal to the second parameter threshold corresponding to the second priority level Information; or, the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain a third parameter, which is a parameter determined according to QoS; the obtaining module 1201 is also used to obtain a third priority level corresponding to the third parameter; the obtaining module 1201, also used to obtain a third difference, the third difference is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power. The stopping module 1204 is further configured to stop sending the second information if the third difference is greater than or equal to the third parameter threshold corresponding to the third priority level.
示例性的,该终端的第二优先级等级可以是PPPP的等级,该终端可以通过SCI指示该第二优先级等级。该终端预存储有p个第一信息的优先级等级以及p个第一信息的优先级等级对应的p个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给p个第一信息的优先级等级配置p个参数阈值;或者,第一基站可以通过高层信令给p个第一信息的优先级等级配置p个参数阈值,其中,该第一基站可以是第一传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。Exemplarily, the second priority level of the terminal may be a PPPP level, and the terminal may indicate the second priority level through SCI. The terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the priority levels of the p first information and the p parameter thresholds corresponding to the priority levels of the p first information. In a specific implementation manner, the terminal may configure p parameter thresholds for the priority levels of p first information; or, the first base station may configure p parameters for the priority levels of p first information through high-layer signaling Threshold, where the first base station may be a base station of a first transmission link, and the high-layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling, or RRC signaling.
如表11所示,示出了8个第一信息的优先级等级以及8个第一信息的优先级等级对应的8个参数阈值的对应关系。其中PPPP1对应的阈值是P 1dB,PPPP2对应的阈值是P 2dB,PPPP3对应的阈值是P 3dB,PPPP4对应的阈值是P 4dB,PPPP5对应的阈值 是P 5dB,PPPP6对应的阈值是P 6dB,PPPP7对应的阈值是P 7dB,PPPP8对应的阈值是P 8dB。 As shown in Table 11, the corresponding relationship between the eight priority levels of the first information and the eight parameter thresholds corresponding to the eight priority levels of the first information is shown. The threshold corresponding to PPPP1 is P 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP2 is P 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP3 is P 3 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP4 is P 4 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP5 is P 5 dB, and the threshold corresponding to PPPP6 It is P 6 dB, the threshold corresponding to PPPP7 is P 7 dB, and the threshold corresponding to PPPP8 is P 8 dB.
表11Table 11
PPPP1PPPP1 PPPP2PPPP2 PPPP3PPPP3 PPPP4PPPP4 PPPP5PPPP5 PPPP6PPPP6 PPPP7PPPP7 PPPP8PPPP8
P 1dB P 1 dB P 2dB P 2 dB P 3dB P 3 dB P 4dB P 4 dB P 5dB P 5 dB P 6dB P 6 dB P 7dB P 7 dB P 8dB P 8 dB
示例性的,若该终端获取的第二优先级等级是PPPP1,根据表11,PPPP1对应的第二参数阈值是P 1dB,若第二差值大于或者等于P 1dB,该终端停止发送该第一信息,即该终端使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,且该终端不发送该第一信息;若第一差值小于P 1dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the second priority level acquired by the terminal is PPPP1, according to Table 11, the second parameter threshold corresponding to PPPP1 is P 1 dB, and if the second difference is greater than or equal to P 1 dB, the terminal stops sending the First information, that is, the terminal uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link, and the terminal does not send the first information; if the first difference is less than P 1 dB, the terminal uses the first final power The first information is sent over the first transmission link, and the second information is sent over the second transmission link using the second final power.
示例性的,该第三参数可以是第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的值,该第二基站可以将根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第三参数发送给该终端,该5G QoS特征参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:resource type、priority level、PDB、PER、averaging window、MDBV以及minimum required communication range。该终端预存储有该第三参数、该第三参数对应的r个优先级等级以及该r个优先级等级对应的r个参数阈值的对应关系。在具体的实现方式中,该终端可以给该第三参数划分r个优先级等级,并给该第三参数的r个优先级等级预配置r个参数阈值;或者,该终端可以给该第三参数划分r个优先级等级,第二基站可以通过高层信令给该第三参数的r个优先级等级配置r个参数阈值,其中,该第二基站可以是第二传输链路的基站,该高层信令可以是SIB信令、MIB信令或RRC信令。Exemplarily, the third parameter may be a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter, and the second base station may send the third parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal, the 5G QoS The characteristic parameters include at least one of the following parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range. The terminal pre-stores a correspondence between the third parameter, r priority levels corresponding to the third parameter, and r parameter thresholds corresponding to the r priority levels. In a specific implementation, the terminal may divide r priority levels for the third parameter, and pre-configure r parameter thresholds for the r priority levels of the third parameter; or, the terminal may give the third parameter The parameters are divided into r priority levels, and the second base station may configure r parameter thresholds for the r priority levels of the third parameter through high-layer signaling, where the second base station may be the base station of the second transmission link, the The higher layer signaling may be SIB signaling, MIB signaling or RRC signaling.
如表12所示,示出了该第三参数、该第三参数对应的4个优先级等级以及该4个优先级等级对应的4个参数阈值的对应关系。其中,1和2对应于优先级等级1,3和4对应于优先级等级2,5和6对应于优先级等级3,7和8对应于优先级等级4。优先级等级1对应的阈值是R 1dB,优先级等级2对应的阈值是R 2dB,优先级等级3对应的阈值是R 3dB,优先级等级4对应的阈值是R 4dB。 As shown in Table 12, the correspondence between the third parameter, the four priority levels corresponding to the third parameter, and the four parameter thresholds corresponding to the four priority levels are shown. Among them, 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1, 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2, 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3, and 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4. The threshold corresponding to priority level 1 is R 1 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 2 is R 2 dB, the threshold corresponding to priority level 3 is R 3 dB, and the threshold corresponding to priority level 4 is R 4 dB.
表12Table 12
优先级等级1 Priority level 1 优先级等级2 Priority level 2 优先级等级3 Priority level 3 优先级等级4Priority level 4
1,21, 2 3,43, 4 5,65, 6 7,87, 8
R 1dB R 1 dB R 2dB R 2 dB R 3dB R 3 dB R 4dB R 4 dB
示例性的,若第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第三参数是6,根据表12,6对应的第三优先级等级是优先级等级3,优先级等级3对应的第三参数阈值是R 3dB,若第三差值大于或者等于R 3dB,该终端停止发送该第二信息,即该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,且该终端不发送该第二信息;若第三差值小于R 3dB,该终端使用第一最终功率通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,使用第二最终功率通过第二传输链路发送第二信息。 Exemplarily, if the third parameter comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameters is 6, according to Table 12, the third priority level corresponding to 6 is priority level 3, and the third parameter corresponding to priority level 3 The threshold is R 3 dB. If the third difference is greater than or equal to R 3 dB, the terminal stops sending the second information, that is, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the terminal does not Sending the second information; if the third difference is less than R 3 dB, the terminal uses the first final power to send the first information through the first transmission link, and uses the second final power to send the second information through the second transmission link.
需要说明的是,该终端停止发送该第一信息用于表示该终端在没有发送第一信息前就停止发送该第一信息,即该终端不发送该第一信息。It should be noted that the terminal stops sending the first information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the first information before sending the first information, that is, the terminal does not send the first information.
需要说明的是,该终端停止发送该第二信息用于表示该终端在没有发送第二信息前就停止发送该第二信息,即该终端不发送该第二信息。It should be noted that the terminal stops sending the second information to indicate that the terminal stops sending the second information before sending the second information, that is, the terminal does not send the second information.
可选的,该第一参数阈值是该终端预设的参数阈值的或者是高层信令配置的参数阈值,该高层信令是系统信息块SIB信令、主信息块MIB信令或者无线资源控制RRC信令。Optionally, the first parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by higher layer signaling, where the higher layer signaling is system information block SIB signaling, master information block MIB signaling, or radio resource control RRC signaling.
可选的,该第一最大发射功率和该第二最大发射功率是根据第一初始功率和第二初始功率确定的,该第一初始功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,该第二初始功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。Optionally, the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power are determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power, and the first initial power is that the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link , The second initial power is the initial transmit power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
可选的,该第一初始功率是第一基站配置的,该第一基站是该第一传输链路的基站;该第二初始功率是第二基站配置的,该第二基站是该第二传输链路的基站。Optionally, the first initial power is configured by the first base station, the first base station is the base station of the first transmission link; the second initial power is configured by the second base station, and the second base station is the second Base station of the transmission link.
可选的,获取模块1201,还用于获取第一初始功率和第二初始功率,该第一初始功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,该第二初始功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率;确定模块1203,还用于若该第一初始功率和该第二初始功率之和大于第二功率阈值,该终端确定使用时分复用或者码分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,该第二功率阈值是由P PowerClass和/或P EMAX确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率。 Optionally, the obtaining module 1201 is further configured to obtain a first initial power and a second initial power, where the first initial power is the initial transmit power at which the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power The power is the initial transmit power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link; the determining module 1203 is also used to determine if the sum of the first initial power and the second initial power is greater than the second power threshold Using time division multiplexing or code division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, the second power threshold is determined by P PowerClass and/or P EMAX , Among them, P PowerClass is used to represent the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used to represent the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling.
需要说明的是,第一基站、第二基站或者终端可以配置该终端使用的复用模式,例如:时分复用模式、码分复用模式或者频分复用模式。该第一基站是第一传输链路的基站,该第二基站是第二传输链路的基站。It should be noted that the first base station, the second base station, or the terminal may configure the multiplexing mode used by the terminal, for example, time division multiplexing mode, code division multiplexing mode, or frequency division multiplexing mode. The first base station is a base station of a first transmission link, and the second base station is a base station of a second transmission link.
示例性的,第二功率阈值可以是P PowerClass和P EMAX中的最小值。 Exemplarily, the second power threshold may be the minimum of P PowerClass and P EMAX .
可选的,该第一功率阈值是由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示该终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的该终端的最大功率。 Optionally, the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used It indicates the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined when the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send information.
示例性的,第一功率阈值可以是P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的最小值。 Exemplarily, the first power threshold may be the minimum value among P PowerClass , P EMAX and P FDM .
可选的,该第一最大发射功率小于等于第一初始功率,该第二最大发射功率小于等于第二初始功率,该第一初始功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,该第二初始功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。Optionally, the first maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the first initial power, the second maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the second initial power, and the first initial power is that the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link The initial transmit power, the second initial power is the initial transmit power at which the terminal sends the second information through the second transmission link.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,该终端120以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该终端120可以采用图6所示的形式。In this embodiment, the terminal 120 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. The "module" herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art may think that the terminal 120 may adopt the form shown in FIG. 6.
比如,图6中的处理器601可以通过调用存储器603中存储的计算机执行指令,使得终端120执行上述方法实施例中的侧链路功率控制方法。For example, the processor 601 in FIG. 6 may call the computer stored in the memory 603 to execute instructions, so that the terminal 120 executes the side link power control method in the foregoing method embodiment.
示例性的,图12中的获取模块1201、计算模块1202和确定模块1203的功能/实 现过程可以通过图6中的处理器601调用存储器603中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。Exemplarily, the function/implementation process of the acquisition module 1201, the calculation module 1202, and the determination module 1203 in FIG. 12 may be implemented by the processor 601 in FIG. 6 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 603.
由于本实施例提供的终端120可执行上述的侧链路功率控制方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the terminal 120 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned side link power control method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种装置(例如,该装置可以是芯片系统),该装置包括处理器,用于支持上述终端实现上述侧链路功率控制方法,例如获取第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率;若该终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,根据该第一最大发射功率和该第二最大发射功率计算第一实际功率和第二实际功率;若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,根据该第一实际功率和该第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率。在一种可能的设计中,该装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存终端必要的程序指令和数据。当然,存储器也可以不在该装置中。该装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus (for example, the apparatus may be a chip system), and the apparatus includes a processor for supporting the foregoing terminal to implement the foregoing side link power control method, for example, acquiring the first maximum Transmission power and second maximum transmission power; if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, according to the first maximum transmission power and The second maximum transmit power calculates the first actual power and the second actual power; if the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the first actual power and the second actual power are used to determine the first Final power and second final power. In one possible design, the device also includes a memory. The memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the terminal. Of course, the memory may not be in the device. When the device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
或者,比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图14示出了一种终端140的结构示意图。该终端140包括:获取模块1401和确定模块1402。获取模块1401,用于若终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,获取该终端的第一优先级等级,该第一优先级等级是根据QoS确定的优先级等级;获取模块1401,还用于获取第一参数,该第一参数是根据QoS确定的参数;获取模块1401,还用于获取该第一参数对应的第二优先级等级;确定模块1402,用于根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,该第一预留功率是该终端通过该第一传输链路发送第一信息的最低发射功率,该第二预留功率是该终端通过该第二传输链路发送第二信息的最低发射功率。Or, for example, in a case where each functional module is divided in an integrated manner, FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a terminal 140. The terminal 140 includes: an acquisition module 1401 and a determination module 1402. The obtaining module 1401 is configured to obtain the first priority level of the terminal if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and send the second information through the second transmission link. A priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS; an acquisition module 1401 is also used to acquire a first parameter, the first parameter is a parameter determined according to QoS; an acquisition module 1401 is also used to acquire a corresponding to the first parameter The second priority level; the determination module 1402 is used to determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level, the first reserved power is the The lowest transmission power for the first transmission link to send the first information, and the second reserved power is the lowest transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
需要说明的是,该终端的第一优先级等级可以是PPPP等级,该终端可以通过SCI指示该第一优先级等级。例如,该终端可以通过SCI指示该第一优先级等级为PPPP1-PPPP8中的一个。It should be noted that the first priority level of the terminal may be a PPPP level, and the terminal may indicate the first priority level through SCI. For example, the terminal may indicate that the first priority level is one of PPPP1-PPPP8 through SCI.
示例性的,该第一参数可以是第二基站根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的值,该第二基站可以将根据5G QoS特征参数综合映射出的第一参数发送给该终端,该5G QoS特征参数包括以下参数中的至少一个:resource type、priority level、PDB、PER、averaging window、MDBV以及minimum required communication range。该终端预存储有该第一参数和该第一参数对应的r个优先级等级的对应关系。Exemplarily, the first parameter may be a value comprehensively mapped by the second base station according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter, and the second base station may send the first parameter comprehensively mapped according to the 5G QoS characteristic parameter to the terminal, the 5G QoS The characteristic parameters include at least one of the following parameters: resource type, priority level, PDB, PER, averaging window, MDBV, and minimum required communication range. The terminal pre-stores the correspondence between the first parameter and the r priority levels corresponding to the first parameter.
如表13所示,示出了该第一参数以及该第一参数对应的8个优先级等级的对应关系。其中,1和2对应于优先级等级1,3和4对应于优先级等级2,5和6对应于优先级等级3,7和8对应于优先级等级4,9和10对应于优先级等级5,11和12对应于优先级等级6,13和14对应于优先级等级7,15和16对应于优先级等级8。As shown in Table 13, the corresponding relationship between the first parameter and the eight priority levels corresponding to the first parameter is shown. Among them, 1 and 2 correspond to priority level 1, 3 and 4 correspond to priority level 2, 5 and 6 correspond to priority level 3, 7 and 8 correspond to priority level 4, 9 and 10 correspond to priority level 5, 11 and 12 correspond to priority level 6, 13 and 14 correspond to priority level 7, 15 and 16 correspond to priority level 8.
表13Table 13
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000008
可选的,确定模块1402具体用于:根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n, 其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1,0<n<1;根据该第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。Optionally, the determining module 1402 is specifically configured to determine the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the second reserved power to the first power according to the first priority level and the second priority level The ratio n of the threshold, where m+n≤1, 0<m<1, 0<n<1; the first reserved power and the second reserved power are determined according to the first power threshold, m and n.
示例性的,若第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级的优先级等级相同,则m可以是0.5,n可以是0.5。例如:若第一优先级等级是PPPP3,第二优先级等级是优先级等级3,则m是0.5,n是0.5。Exemplarily, if the priority levels of the first priority level and the second priority level are the same, m may be 0.5 and n may be 0.5. For example: if the first priority level is PPPP3 and the second priority level is priority level 3, m is 0.5 and n is 0.5.
示例性的,若第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级的优先级等级不相同,m和n可以根据第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级的等级差值确定。例如:若第一优先级等级是PPPP4,第二优先级等级是优先级等级6,则m是0.6,n是0.4。Exemplarily, if the priority levels of the first priority level and the second priority level are different, m and n may be determined according to the level difference between the first priority level and the second priority level. For example: if the first priority level is PPPP4 and the second priority level is priority level 6, then m is 0.6 and n is 0.4.
示例性的,若第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级的优先级等级大于优先级等级阈值,m和n之和可以小于100。例如:若第一优先级等级是PPPP7,第二优先级等级是优先级等级8,第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级都大于优先级等级阈值5,则m是0.2,n是0.1。Exemplarily, if the priority levels of the first priority level and the second priority level are greater than the priority level threshold, the sum of m and n may be less than 100. For example: if the first priority level is PPPP7, the second priority level is priority level 8, the first priority level and the second priority level are both greater than the priority level threshold of 5, then m is 0.2 and n is 0.1.
可选的,该根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n,包括:根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈值的比例n。Optionally, the determining the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the first priority level and the second priority level include: : Determining the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level.
示例性的,该终端预存储有该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级之差对应的m和n,该终端可以根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级之差确定m和n。Exemplarily, the terminal pre-stores m and n corresponding to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level, and the terminal may determine according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level m and n.
如表14所示,示出了第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级之差与m、n的对应关系。第一优先级等级可以是PPPP1-PPPP8中的一个,第二优先级等级可以是优先级等级1至优先级等级8中的一个。表14中第一优先级等级和第二优先级等级对应的表格中是m,n的值。例如,若第一优先级等级是PPPP5,第二优先级等级是优先级等级1,则m是0.2,n是0.8。又例如,若第一优先级等级是PPPP7第二优先级等级是优先级等级6,m是0.4,n是0.6。As shown in Table 14, the correspondence between the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level and m, n is shown. The first priority level may be one of PPPP1-PPPP8, and the second priority level may be one of priority level 1 to priority level 8. The table corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level in Table 14 is the value of m, n. For example, if the first priority level is PPPP5 and the second priority level is priority level 1, then m is 0.2 and n is 0.8. For another example, if the first priority level is PPPP7, the second priority level is priority level 6, m is 0.4, and n is 0.6.
表14Table 14
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020070720-appb-000009
可选的,确定模块1402还具体用于:根据该第一优先级等级、该第二优先级等级、该第一优先级等级对应的第一优先级等级阈值和该第二优先级等级对应的第二优先级等级阈值确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占该第一功率阈 值的比例n,其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1,0<n<1;根据第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。Optionally, the determination module 1402 is further specifically configured to: according to the first priority level, the second priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level, and the second priority level corresponding to The second priority level threshold determines the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, where m+n≤1, 0<m<1, 0<n<1; determine the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first power threshold, m and n.
需要说明的是,该第一优先级等级阈值和该第二优先级等级阈值可以是该终端预设的阈值的或者是高层信令配置的阈值,该高层信令是SIB信令、MIB信令或者RRC信令。It should be noted that the first priority level threshold and the second priority level threshold may be thresholds preset by the terminal or configured by high-level signaling, and the high-level signaling is SIB signaling or MIB signaling Or RRC signaling.
示例性的,该终端可以根据第一优先级等级与第一优先级等级阈值之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m,该终端可以根据第二优先级等级与第二优先级等级阈值之差确定第二预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例n。Exemplarily, the terminal may determine the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold according to the difference between the first priority level and the first priority level threshold, and the terminal may determine the ratio of the second priority level and the second priority The difference of the level threshold determines the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold.
进一步地,第一优先级等级可以是PPPP1-PPPP8中的1个,第二优先级等级可以是优先级等级1至优先级等级7中的一个,该终端可以根据第一优先级等级与第一优先级等级阈值之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m,该终端可以根据第二优先级等级与第二优先级等级阈值之差确定第二预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例n。Further, the first priority level may be one of PPPP1-PPPP8, and the second priority level may be one of priority level 1 to priority level 7. The terminal may be based on the first priority level and the first The difference of the priority level threshold determines the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold, the terminal may determine the second reserved power to occupy the first power threshold according to the difference between the second priority level and the second priority level threshold Of the ratio n.
示例性的,若第一优先级等级是PPPP2,第二优先级等级是优先级等级2,第一优先级等级阈值是PPPP4,第二优先级等级阈值是优先级等级3,第一优先级等级与第一优先级等级阈值相差2个等级,第二优先级等级和第二优先级等级阈值相差1个等级,可以设置m为0.5,n为0.3。Exemplarily, if the first priority level is PPPP2, the second priority level is priority level 2, the first priority level threshold is PPPP4, the second priority level threshold is priority level 3, and the first priority level It is different from the first priority level threshold by 2 levels, and the second priority level and the second priority level threshold are different by 1 level. You can set m to 0.5 and n to 0.3.
可选的,该第一功率阈值是由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据该终端的类型定义的该终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的该终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示该终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的该终端的最大功率。 Optionally, the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, and P EMAX is used It indicates the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined when the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send information.
示例性的,该第一功率阈值可以是P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的最小值。 Exemplarily, the first power threshold may be the minimum value among P PowerClass , P EMAX and P FDM .
可选的,若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,该终端可以降低第一实际功率,以使得降低后的第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和小于等于第一功率阈值,且降低后的第一实际功率大于或者等于第一预留功率。Optionally, if the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the terminal may reduce the first actual power so that the sum of the reduced first actual power and the second actual power is less than or equal to the A power threshold, and the reduced first actual power is greater than or equal to the first reserved power.
可选的,若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,该终端可以降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率之和小于等于第一功率阈值,且降低后的第二实际功率大于或者等于第二预留功率。Optionally, if the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the terminal may reduce the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first A power threshold, and the reduced second actual power is greater than or equal to the second reserved power.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Wherein, all relevant content of each step involved in the above method embodiments can be referred to the function description of the corresponding function module, which will not be repeated here.
在本实施例中,该终端140以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该终端140可以采用图6所示的形式。In this embodiment, the terminal 140 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. The "module" herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that execute one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuits, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art may think that the terminal 140 may adopt the form shown in FIG. 6.
比如,图6中的处理器601可以通过调用存储器603中存储的计算机执行指令,使得终端140执行上述方法实施例中的侧链路功率控制方法。For example, the processor 601 in FIG. 6 may call the computer stored in the memory 603 to execute instructions, so that the terminal 140 executes the side link power control method in the above method embodiment.
示例性的,图14中的获取模块1401和确定模块1402的功能/实现过程可以通过图6中的处理器601调用存储器603中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。Exemplarily, the functions/implementation processes of the obtaining module 1401 and the determining module 1402 in FIG. 14 may be implemented by the processor 601 in FIG. 6 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 603.
由于本实施例提供的终端140可执行上述的侧链路功率控制方法,因此其所能获得的技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the terminal 140 provided in this embodiment can execute the above-mentioned side link power control method, the technical effects that can be obtained can refer to the above-mentioned method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种装置(例如,该装置可以是芯片系统),该装置包括处理器,用于支持终端140实现上述侧链路功率控制方法,例如若终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,获取该终端的第一优先级等级;获取第一参数;获取该第一参数对应的第二优先级等级;根据该第一优先级等级和该第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。在一种可能的设计中,该装置还包括存储器。该存储器,用于保存终端140必要的程序指令和数据。当然,存储器也可以不在该装置中。该装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus (for example, the apparatus may be a chip system), and the apparatus includes a processor for supporting the terminal 140 to implement the above-described side link power control method, for example, if the terminal determines to use In the frequency division multiplexing mode, the first information is sent through the first transmission link, and the second information is sent through the second transmission link to obtain the first priority level of the terminal; obtain the first parameter; obtain the corresponding to the first parameter The second priority level; the first reserved power and the second reserved power are determined according to the first priority level and the second priority level. In one possible design, the device also includes a memory. The memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data of the terminal 140. Of course, the memory may not be in the device. When the device is a chip system, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将装置的内部结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, only the above-mentioned division of each functional module is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned functions can be allocated as needed Completed by different functional modules, that is, the internal structure of the device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块或单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个装置,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed device and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the module or unit is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be The combination can either be integrated into another device, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical, or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是一个物理单元或多个物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个不同地方。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may be one physical unit or multiple physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed in multiple different places . Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function unit.
所述集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请实施例的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的全部或部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一个设备(可以是单片机,芯片等)或处理器(processor)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the integrated unit is implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as an independent product, it may be stored in a readable storage medium. Based on such an understanding, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application may be essentially or part of the contribution to the existing technology or all or part of the technical solutions may be embodied in the form of software products, which are stored in a storage medium In it, several instructions are included to enable a device (which may be a single-chip microcomputer, chip, etc.) or processor to execute all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage media include various media that can store program codes, such as a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above is only the specific implementation of this application, but the scope of protection of this application is not limited to this, any changes or replacements within the technical scope disclosed in this application should be covered within the scope of protection of this application . Therefore, the protection scope of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A side link power control method, characterized in that the method includes:
    获取第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率,所述第一最大发射功率是终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最大发射功率,所述第二最大发射功率是所述终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最大发射功率;Obtain a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power. The first maximum transmission power is the maximum transmission power for the terminal to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the second maximum transmission power is the terminal The maximum transmission power at which the second transmission link sends the second information;
    若所述终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,根据所述第一最大发射功率和所述第二最大发射功率计算第一实际功率和第二实际功率,所述第一实际功率是所述终端使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的实际功率,所述第二实际功率是所述终端使用频分复用的方式通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的实际功率;If the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, according to the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power Calculate a first actual power and a second actual power, the first actual power is the actual power at which the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the second actual power is the The terminal uses frequency division multiplexing to transmit the actual power of the second information through the second transmission link;
    若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,根据所述第一实际功率和所述第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,所述第一最终功率是所述终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最终发射功率,所述第二最终功率是所述终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最终发射功率。If the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, the first final power and the second final power are determined according to the first actual power and the second actual power, and the first final power is The terminal transmits the final transmission power of the first information through the first transmission link, and the second final power is the final transmission power of the terminal transmitting the second information through the second transmission link.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一实际功率和所述第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,包括:The side link power control method according to claim 1, wherein the determining the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power includes:
    降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;Reducing the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold;
    确定第一实际功率为第一最终功率;Determine the first actual power as the first final power;
    确定降低后的第二实际功率为第二最终功率。It is determined that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The side link power control method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    获取第一参数,所述第一参数是根据服务质量QoS确定的参数;Acquiring a first parameter, the first parameter being a parameter determined according to quality of service QoS;
    获取所述第一参数对应的第一优先级等级;Acquiring a first priority level corresponding to the first parameter;
    获取第一差值,所述第一差值是所述第二实际功率和所述第二最终功率之差;Acquiring a first difference value, where the first difference value is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power;
    若所述第一差值大于或者等于第一优先级等级对应的第一参数阈值,所述终端停止发送所述第二信息。If the first difference is greater than or equal to the first parameter threshold corresponding to the first priority level, the terminal stops sending the second information.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述第一参数阈值是所述终端预设的参数阈值的或者是高层信令配置的参数阈值,所述高层信令是系统信息块SIB信令、主信息块MIB信令或者无线资源控制RRC信令。The side link power control method according to claim 3, wherein the first parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by high layer signaling, and the high layer signaling is System information block SIB signaling, master information block MIB signaling or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述第一最大发射功率和所述第二最大发射功率是根据第一初始功率和第二初始功率确定的,所述第一初始功率是所述终端通过所述第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,所述第二初始功率是所述终端通过所述第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。The side link power control method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power are determined according to the first initial power and the second initial power , The first initial power is the initial transmit power for the terminal to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the second initial power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link The initial transmit power of the information.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述第一初始功率是第一基站配置的,所述第一基站是所述第一传输链路的基站;所述第二初始功率是第二基站配置的,所述第二基站是所述第二传输链路的基站。The side link power control method according to claim 5, wherein the first initial power is configured by a first base station, and the first base station is a base station of the first transmission link; the first The second initial power is configured by the second base station, and the second base station is the base station of the second transmission link.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,在所述获取第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率前,所述方法还包括:The side link power control method according to claim 1, wherein before the acquiring the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power, the method further comprises:
    获取第一初始功率和第二初始功率,所述第一初始功率是所述终端通过所述第一 传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,所述第二初始功率是所述终端通过所述第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率;Obtain a first initial power and a second initial power, the first initial power is the initial transmit power of the terminal to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the terminal The initial transmission power of the second information transmitted by the second transmission link;
    若所述第一初始功率和所述第二初始功率之和大于第二功率阈值,所述终端确定使用时分复用或者码分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,所述第二功率阈值是由P PowerClass和/或P EMAX确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据所述终端的类型定义的所述终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的所述终端允许的最大功率。 If the sum of the first initial power and the second initial power is greater than the second power threshold, the terminal determines to use time division multiplexing or code division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link, through the first Two transmission links send second information, the second power threshold is determined by P PowerClass and/or P EMAX , where P PowerClass is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率阈值是由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据所述终端的类型定义的所述终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的所述终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示所述终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的所述终端的最大功率。 The side link power control method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass It is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate that the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing The maximum power of the terminal defined when sending information in a manner.
  9. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述第一最大发射功率小于等于第一初始功率,所述第二最大发射功率小于等于第二初始功率,所述第一初始功率是所述终端通过所述第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,所述第二初始功率是所述终端通过所述第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。The side link power control method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the first maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the first initial power, and the second maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the second initial power , The first initial power is the initial transmit power for the terminal to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the second information for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link The initial transmit power.
  10. 一种侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A side link power control method, characterized in that the method includes:
    若终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,获取所述终端的第一优先级等级,所述第一优先级等级是根据QoS确定的优先级等级;If the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link to obtain the first priority level of the terminal, the first priority level Priority level determined according to QoS;
    获取第一参数,所述第一参数是根据QoS确定的参数;Acquiring a first parameter, the first parameter being a parameter determined according to QoS;
    获取所述第一参数对应的第二优先级等级;Obtaining a second priority level corresponding to the first parameter;
    根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,所述第一预留功率是所述终端通过所述第一传输链路发送第一信息的最低发射功率,所述第二预留功率是所述终端通过所述第二传输链路发送第二信息的最低发射功率。Determining a first reserved power and a second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level, the first reserved power is the first reservation power sent by the terminal through the first transmission link The minimum transmission power of an information, and the second reserved power is the minimum transmission power of the second information transmitted by the terminal through the second transmission link.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,包括:The side link power control method according to claim 10, wherein the determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level includes :
    根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占所述第一功率阈值的比例n,其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1,0<n<1;Determining the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the first priority level and the second priority level, where m +n≤1, 0<m<1, 0<n<1;
    根据所述第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。The first reserved power and the second reserved power are determined according to the first power threshold, m and n.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占所述第一功率阈值的比例n,包括:The side link power control method according to claim 11, wherein the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold is determined according to the first priority level and the second priority level The ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold includes:
    根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占所述第一功率阈值的比例n。The ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold are determined according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level.
  13. 根据权利要求10所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,还包括:The side link power control method according to claim 10, wherein the determining the first reserved power and the second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level, and include:
    根据所述第一优先级等级、所述第二优先级等级、所述第一优先级等级对应的第一优先级等级阈值和所述第二优先级等级对应的第二优先级等级阈值确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占所述第一功率阈值的比例n,其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1,0<n<1;The first priority level, the second priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level threshold corresponding to the second priority level are determined according to A ratio m of reserved power to the first power threshold and a ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, where m+n≤1, 0<m<1, 0<n<1;
    根据第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。The first reserved power and the second reserved power are determined according to the first power threshold, m and n.
  14. 根据权利要求11-13任一项所述的侧链路功率控制方法,其特征在于,所述第一功率阈值是由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据所述终端的类型定义的所述终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的所述终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示所述终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的所述终端的最大功率。 The side link power control method according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass It is used to indicate the maximum power of the terminal defined according to the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate that the terminal uses frequency division multiplexing The maximum power of the terminal defined when sending information in a manner.
  15. 一种终端,其特征在于,所述终端包括:获取模块、计算模块和确定模块;A terminal, characterized in that the terminal includes: an acquisition module, a calculation module, and a determination module;
    所述获取模块,用于获取第一最大发射功率和第二最大发射功率,所述第一最大发射功率是终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最大发射功率,所述第二最大发射功率是所述终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最大发射功率;The acquisition module is configured to acquire a first maximum transmission power and a second maximum transmission power, where the first maximum transmission power is the maximum transmission power at which the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link, and the second maximum transmission The power is the maximum transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link;
    所述计算模块,用于若所述终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,根据所述第一最大发射功率和所述第二最大发射功率计算第一实际功率和第二实际功率,所述第一实际功率是所述终端使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的实际功率,所述第二实际功率是所述终端使用频分复用的方式通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的实际功率;The calculation module is configured to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing, according to the first maximum transmit power and The second maximum transmit power calculates a first actual power and a second actual power. The first actual power is the actual power at which the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link using frequency division multiplexing. The second actual power is the actual power at which the terminal sends the second information through the second transmission link using frequency division multiplexing;
    所述确定模块,用于若第一实际功率和第二实际功率之和大于第一功率阈值,根据所述第一实际功率和所述第二实际功率确定第一最终功率和第二最终功率,所述第一最终功率是所述终端通过第一传输链路发送第一信息的最终发射功率,所述第二最终功率是所述终端通过第二传输链路发送第二信息的最终发射功率。The determining module is configured to determine the first final power and the second final power according to the first actual power and the second actual power if the sum of the first actual power and the second actual power is greater than the first power threshold, The first final power is the final transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second final power is the final transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的终端,其特征在于,所述确定模块具体用于:The terminal according to claim 15, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to:
    降低第二实际功率,以使得第一实际功率和降低后的第二实际功率的和小于等于第一功率阈值;Reducing the second actual power so that the sum of the first actual power and the reduced second actual power is less than or equal to the first power threshold;
    确定第一实际功率为第一最终功率;Determine the first actual power as the first final power;
    确定降低后的第二实际功率为第二最终功率。It is determined that the reduced second actual power is the second final power.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to claim 16, wherein:
    所述获取模块,还用于获取第一参数,所述第一参数是根据服务质量QoS确定的参数;The acquiring module is further configured to acquire a first parameter, the first parameter is a parameter determined according to quality of service QoS;
    所述获取模块,还用于获取所述第一参数对应的第一优先级等级;The obtaining module is further used to obtain a first priority level corresponding to the first parameter;
    所述获取模块,还用于获取第一差值,所述第一差值是所述第二实际功率和所述第二最终功率之差;The obtaining module is further configured to obtain a first difference value, where the first difference value is the difference between the second actual power and the second final power;
    所述终端还包括:停止模块;The terminal also includes: a stop module;
    所述停止模块,用于若所述第一差值大于或者等于第一优先级等级对应的第一参数阈值,所述终端停止发送所述第二信息。The stopping module is configured to stop the terminal from sending the second information if the first difference is greater than or equal to the first parameter threshold corresponding to the first priority level.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一参数阈值是所述终端预设的参数阈值的或者是高层信令配置的参数阈值,所述高层信令是系统信息块SIB信 令、主信息块MIB信令或者无线资源控制RRC信令。The terminal according to claim 17, wherein the first parameter threshold is a parameter threshold preset by the terminal or a parameter threshold configured by high layer signaling, and the high layer signaling is a system information block SIB signal Command, master information block MIB signaling or radio resource control RRC signaling.
  19. 根据权利要求15-18任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一最大发射功率和所述第二最大发射功率是根据第一初始功率和第二初始功率确定的,所述第一初始功率是所述终端通过所述第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,所述第二初始功率是所述终端通过所述第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。The terminal according to any one of claims 15 to 18, wherein the first maximum transmission power and the second maximum transmission power are determined according to a first initial power and a second initial power, and the first An initial power is the initial transmission power for the terminal to send the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the initial transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link .
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一初始功率是第一基站配置的,所述第一基站是所述第一传输链路的基站;所述第二初始功率是第二基站配置的,所述第二基站是所述第二传输链路的基站。The terminal according to claim 19, wherein the first initial power is configured by a first base station, the first base station is a base station of the first transmission link; the second initial power is a first Configured by two base stations, the second base station is a base station of the second transmission link.
  21. 根据权利要求15所述的终端,其特征在于,The terminal according to claim 15, wherein:
    所述获取模块,还用于获取第一初始功率和第二初始功率,所述第一初始功率是所述终端通过所述第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,所述第二初始功率是所述终端通过所述第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率;The acquiring module is further configured to acquire a first initial power and a second initial power. The first initial power is the initial transmit power at which the terminal sends the first information through the first transmission link. The second The initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link;
    所述确定模块,还用于若所述第一初始功率和所述第二初始功率之和大于第二功率阈值,所述终端确定使用时分复用或者码分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,所述第二功率阈值是由P PowerClass和/或P EMAX确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据所述终端的类型定义的所述终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的所述终端允许的最大功率。 The determining module is further configured to: if the sum of the first initial power and the second initial power is greater than a second power threshold, the terminal determines to use time division multiplexing or code division multiplexing through the first transmission chain Way to send the first information and the second information through the second transmission link. The second power threshold is determined by P PowerClass and/or P EMAX , where P PowerClass is used to indicate that it is defined according to the type of the terminal The maximum power of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling.
  22. 根据权利要求15-21任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一功率阈值是由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据所述终端的类型定义的所述终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的所述终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示所述终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的所述终端的最大功率。 The terminal according to any one of claims 15-21, wherein the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate The maximum power of the terminal defined by the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate that the terminal uses the frequency division multiplexing method to send information. The maximum power of the terminal.
  23. 根据权利要求15-21任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一最大发射功率小于等于第一初始功率,所述第二最大发射功率小于等于第二初始功率,所述第一初始功率是所述终端通过所述第一传输链路发送第一信息的初始发射功率,所述第二初始功率是所述终端通过所述第二传输链路发送第二信息的初始发射功率。The terminal according to any one of claims 15 to 21, wherein the first maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the first initial power, and the second maximum transmit power is less than or equal to the second initial power, the first The initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the first information through the first transmission link, and the second initial power is the initial transmission power of the terminal sending the second information through the second transmission link.
  24. 一种终端,其特征在于,所述终端包括:获取模块和确定模块;A terminal, characterized in that the terminal includes: an acquisition module and a determination module;
    所述获取模块,用于若终端确定使用频分复用的方式通过第一传输链路发送第一信息,通过第二传输链路发送第二信息,获取所述终端的第一优先级等级,所述第一优先级等级是根据QoS确定的优先级等级;The obtaining module is configured to obtain the first priority level of the terminal if the terminal determines to use frequency division multiplexing to send the first information through the first transmission link and the second information through the second transmission link, The first priority level is a priority level determined according to QoS;
    所述获取模块,还用于获取第一参数,所述第一参数是根据QoS确定的参数;The acquiring module is also used to acquire a first parameter, the first parameter is a parameter determined according to QoS;
    所述获取模块,还用于获取所述第一参数对应的第二优先级等级;The obtaining module is further used to obtain a second priority level corresponding to the first parameter;
    所述确定模块,用于根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率,所述第一预留功率是所述终端通过所述第一传输链路发送第一信息的最低发射功率,所述第二预留功率是所述终端通过所述第二传输链路发送第二信息的最低发射功率。The determining module is configured to determine a first reserved power and a second reserved power according to the first priority level and the second priority level, the first reserved power is determined by the terminal through the The first transmission link sends the lowest transmission power for the first information, and the second reserved power is the lowest transmission power for the terminal to send the second information through the second transmission link.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的终端,其特征在于,所述确定模块具体用于:The terminal according to claim 24, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占所述第一功率阈值的比例n,其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1, 0<n<1;Determining the proportion m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the proportion n the second reserved power to the first power threshold according to the first priority level and the second priority level, where m +n≤1, 0<m<1, 0<n<1;
    根据所述第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。The first reserved power and the second reserved power are determined according to the first power threshold, m and n.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的终端,其特征在于,所述根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占所述第一功率阈值的比例n,包括:The terminal according to claim 25, wherein the ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the second reservation are determined according to the first priority level and the second priority level The ratio n of power to the first power threshold includes:
    根据所述第一优先级等级和所述第二优先级等级之差确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占所述第一功率阈值的比例n。The ratio m of the first reserved power to the first power threshold and the ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold are determined according to the difference between the first priority level and the second priority level.
  27. 根据权利要求24所述的终端,其特征在于,所述确定模块还具体用于:The terminal according to claim 24, wherein the determination module is further specifically configured to:
    根据所述第一优先级等级、所述第二优先级等级、所述第一优先级等级对应的第一优先级等级阈值和所述第二优先级等级对应的第二优先级等级阈值确定第一预留功率占第一功率阈值的比例m与第二预留功率占所述第一功率阈值的比例n,其中,m+n≤1,0<m<1,0<n<1;The first priority level, the second priority level, the first priority level threshold corresponding to the first priority level and the second priority level threshold corresponding to the second priority level are determined according to A ratio m of reserved power to the first power threshold and a ratio n of the second reserved power to the first power threshold, where m+n≤1, 0<m<1, 0<n<1;
    根据第一功率阈值、m和n确定第一预留功率和第二预留功率。The first reserved power and the second reserved power are determined according to the first power threshold, m and n.
  28. 根据权利要求25-27任一项所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第一功率阈值是由P PowerClass、P EMAX和P FDM中的至少一个确定的,其中,P PowerClass用于表示根据所述终端的类型定义的所述终端的最大功率,P EMAX用于表示RRC信令配置的所述终端允许的最大功率,P FDM用于表示所述终端使用频分复用的方式发送信息时定义的所述终端的最大功率。 The terminal according to any one of claims 25 to 27, wherein the first power threshold is determined by at least one of P PowerClass , P EMAX, and P FDM , where P PowerClass is used to indicate The maximum power of the terminal defined by the type of the terminal, P EMAX is used to indicate the maximum power allowed by the terminal configured by RRC signaling, and P FDM is used to indicate that the terminal uses the frequency division multiplexing method to send information. The maximum power of the terminal.
  29. 一种终端,包括:至少一个处理器,至少一个存储器以及通信接口,其特征在于,A terminal includes: at least one processor, at least one memory, and a communication interface, characterized in that
    所述通信接口、所述至少一个存储器与所述至少一个处理器耦合;所述终端通过所述通信接口与其他设备通信,所述至少一个存储器用于存储计算机程序,使得所述计算机程序被所述至少一个处理器执行时实现如权利要求1-9中任一项所述的侧链路功率控制方法,或权利要求10-14中任一项所述的侧链路功率控制方法。The communication interface and the at least one memory are coupled to the at least one processor; the terminal communicates with other devices through the communication interface, and the at least one memory is used to store a computer program so that the computer program is used by all The at least one processor implements the side link power control method according to any one of claims 1-9 when executed, or the side link power control method according to any one of claims 10-14.
  30. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在至少一个存储节点上运行时,所述至少一个存储节点执行权利要求1-9中任一项所述的侧链路功率控制方法,或权利要求10-14中任一项所述的侧链路功率控制方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized by comprising a computer program, when the computer program runs on at least one storage node, the at least one storage node executes the side of any one of claims 1-9 The link power control method, or the side link power control method according to any one of claims 10-14.
PCT/CN2020/070720 2019-01-11 2020-01-07 Sidelink power control method and terminal WO2020143632A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910028353.5 2019-01-11
CN201910028353.5A CN111436110A (en) 2019-01-11 2019-01-11 Side link power control method and terminal

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020143632A1 true WO2020143632A1 (en) 2020-07-16

Family

ID=71520454

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/070720 WO2020143632A1 (en) 2019-01-11 2020-01-07 Sidelink power control method and terminal

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111436110A (en)
WO (1) WO2020143632A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023230407A1 (en) * 2022-05-24 2023-11-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Power control for concurrent transmission scenarios in multi-band operation

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113068147B (en) * 2021-04-02 2023-04-07 上海中兴易联通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for supporting resource reuse in sidelink communication
WO2023123433A1 (en) * 2021-12-31 2023-07-06 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Power configuration method for terminal, apparatus, communication device, and storage medium
CN117641547A (en) * 2022-08-10 2024-03-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Transmission power determination method, terminal and storage medium

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170318546A1 (en) * 2014-11-06 2017-11-02 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Unit shift register circuit, shift register circuit, control method for unit shift register circuit, and display device
US20180014262A1 (en) * 2015-01-27 2018-01-11 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for performing, by terminal, transmission power control in wireless communication system, and terminal using method
CN108174438A (en) * 2016-12-07 2018-06-15 普天信息技术有限公司 A kind of signaling method of P-UE
CN108632966A (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Transmission power control method, apparatus, equipment and storage medium

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI637643B (en) * 2012-05-31 2018-10-01 內數位專利控股公司 Device-to-device (d2d) cross link power control
WO2015139224A1 (en) * 2014-03-19 2015-09-24 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson(Publ) Uplink power sharing in dual connectivity
JP6759695B2 (en) * 2016-05-11 2020-09-23 ソニー株式会社 Terminal equipment, base station equipment, communication methods, and programs
US10123285B2 (en) * 2016-10-12 2018-11-06 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for reducing transmission power and vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication device thereof

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170318546A1 (en) * 2014-11-06 2017-11-02 Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha Unit shift register circuit, shift register circuit, control method for unit shift register circuit, and display device
US20180014262A1 (en) * 2015-01-27 2018-01-11 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for performing, by terminal, transmission power control in wireless communication system, and terminal using method
CN108174438A (en) * 2016-12-07 2018-06-15 普天信息技术有限公司 A kind of signaling method of P-UE
CN108632966A (en) * 2017-03-23 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 Transmission power control method, apparatus, equipment and storage medium

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "Discusshion on coexistence of LTE sidelink and NR sidelink in NR V2X", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1810547, 12 October 2018 (2018-10-12), Chengdu, China, pages 1 - 5, XP051517955 *

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023230407A1 (en) * 2022-05-24 2023-11-30 Qualcomm Incorporated Power control for concurrent transmission scenarios in multi-band operation

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111436110A (en) 2020-07-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020143632A1 (en) Sidelink power control method and terminal
TWI722579B (en) Method and user equipment of determining listen before talk and channel access priority class
US11564181B2 (en) Method and apparatus for reporting power headroom report, and method and apparatus for obtaining power headroom report
CA2938056C (en) A method, apparatus and computer readable medium for controlling data transmissions in a network
WO2018024227A1 (en) Transmit power control method utilizing short transmission time interval, device, system, and data storage medium
US11096169B2 (en) Use of mapping options for logical channels and transport channels for wireless networks
CN107113821A (en) The method and apparatus of transmitting uplink data
CN114073157A (en) Selection of channel access priority
WO2021226915A1 (en) Sidelink physical layer priority based procedures
US11026115B2 (en) Multi-air-interface communication method and apparatus
WO2021066741A1 (en) Communication apparatuses and communication methods for utilisation of sl-rsrp in v2x resource sensing and selection
US20230095067A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2023208564A1 (en) User equipment, scheduling node, method for user equipment, and method for scheduling node
WO2018196555A1 (en) Resource allocation indication method and apparatus, network-side device, and user equipment
WO2022147735A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining sending power
WO2021226950A1 (en) Sidelink physical layer procedures
CN111757449B (en) Communication method and device
CN116980968B (en) Multilink data transmission method and device
JP6849633B2 (en) Methods, equipment, and computer programs
WO2023138295A1 (en) Power headroom reporting method and apparatus
WO2021227071A1 (en) Guard interval determination method and device, and storage medium
WO2024033878A1 (en) Apparatus and method for establishing a sidelink communication over an unlicensed carrier
TW202329723A (en) A communication method and device
WO2024005710A1 (en) Integrating frequency domain spectral shaping with spectrum extension and tone reservation
WO2024035335A1 (en) Communication apparatus and communication method for sidelink co-channel coexistence resource selection information sharing

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20738836

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20738836

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1